Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (170)
  • FID-SKA-Lizenzen
  • English  (170)
  • 1990-1994  (170)
  • Humanities.  (170)
Datasource
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (170)
  • FID-SKA-Lizenzen
  • BSZ  (17)
  • KOBV  (1)
Material
Language
  • English  (170)
Years
Year
  • 1
    ISBN: 9781461526469
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLII, 823 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Hydropower -- Lesotho Highlands Water Project: design and layout of underground works for ’Muela Hydropower Project -- Design and construction of the cooling water intake tunnel system for Point Aconi generating station, Nova Scotia -- Comparison of two classification systems as applied to the Alpe Devero tunnel, Italy -- Metro/Rail -- Planning and design of tunnels for the Jubilee Line extension, London -- New St Clair River tunnel, Canada-USA -- Application of NATM to design of underground stations in London Clay -- Water/Waste -- Underground works on Third Nairobi Water Supply Project -- Design and construction of caverns for an underground sewage treatment plant, Hong Kong -- The Snake: a rock tunnel for storing combined sewage water, Stockholm -- Tunnelling on the Penzance and St. Ives sewerage scheme, Cornwall, England -- Tunnel-boring Machines -- Two tunnel-boring machines for Lesotho: a design and case history -- Open TBM tunnelling in complex geology for railroad in Sweden -- Use of sedimentary rock impact indices in evaluation of tunnel-boring machine performance -- Development and performance of tunnel-boring machines on Phase II of the London Water Ring Main -- Environmental Issues -- Environmental planning for the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority’s MetroWest water supply tunnel -- Palais Bernheimer in Munich: tunnelling for parking space under a historic building -- Limiting the damage to historic buildings due to tunnelling: experience at the Mansion House, London -- Compensation grouting to limit settlements during tunnelling at Waterloo Station, London -- Ground movement model validation at the Heathrow Express trial tunnel -- Case Histories -- Gjøvik Olympic Mountain Hall, Norway -- Construction of new escalator shaft and passageways at London Underground’s Waterloo Station -- Water in TBM drives, Delivery Tunnel South, Lesotho Highlands Water Project -- Tunnel-boring Machines -- CEN safety standards for tunnelling machines and air locks -- Tunnels below waste disposal tips -- Machine tunnelling in the northwest of England -- EPB-shield tunnelling for the Taipei Metro, contract 201A -- TBM drive management by use of computerized systems -- Research -- Long-term measurements of loads on tunnel linings in overconsolidated clay -- Non-destructive investigation of tunnels -- Case Histories -- Design, construction and performance of a 700-m ‘cover and cut’ tunnel in soft clay, Norway -- Shotcrete in the construction of Pen-Y-Clip tunnel, North Wales -- Face support for a large Mix-Shield in heterogeneous ground conditions -- Design -- Tunnel ring design, development, testing and manufacture for the London Water Ring Main -- Medway tunnel detailed design -- Developments in precast concrete tunnel linings in the United Kingdom -- Case Histories -- Channel tunnel: French undersea crossover design and construction -- Design and construction of Metsovon road tunnel, Greece -- Construction of the ‘Passante Ferroviario’ link in Milan, Italy, lots 3P, 5P and 6P: excavation by large earth pressure balanced shield with chemical foam injection -- Pen-Y-Clip road tunnel, North Wales: achieving a dry lining through a pervious rock formation -- Hydropower -- Tunnel design in the design and construct context—the Pergau experience, Malaysia -- Serra da Mesa project, Brazil: excavation of shafts and penstocks -- Tunnel Machinery -- Rock cutting with roadheaders -- Increased productivity in construction of civil and mining tunnels through the use of high-capacity tunnel-boring machines and continuous belt conveyor muck haulage.
    Abstract: It is now more than twenty years since a proposal was first mooted to hold an international tunnelling symposium in Britain. At the time of the first symposium, held in London in 1976, the Channel Tunnel pro­ ject had just been shelved. Last weekend a charity walk was held in the finished tunnel, which will be open for business later in the year. Tunnels have figured prominently, and at times spectacularly, in the development of national and international links and it is hoped that such links gather pace in the future. It is particularly pleasing that Alastair Biggart of Storebrelt has agreed to deliver the twenty-sixth Sir Julius Wernher Memorial Lecture of the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, entitled 'The changing face of tunnelling', at the start of this event. * Although almost every edition of the technical journals on tunnelling reports another £1 billion scheme somewhere in the world, it would be unfair of me to suggest that tunnelling is restricted to these prestigious schemes for major transport links. Much of the work that makes mod­ ern life possible receives hardly a mention outside the technical press and one suspects that society at large applies the 'out of sight, out of mind' attitude even more readily to underground construction than it does to other forms of engineering. Clearly, there is a contiiming need to improve the capacity and performance of our infrastructure, while hav­ ing a careful regard for the environment.
    Description / Table of Contents: HydropowerLesotho Highlands Water Project: design and layout of underground works for ’Muela Hydropower Project -- Design and construction of the cooling water intake tunnel system for Point Aconi generating station, Nova Scotia -- Comparison of two classification systems as applied to the Alpe Devero tunnel, Italy -- Metro/Rail -- Planning and design of tunnels for the Jubilee Line extension, London -- New St Clair River tunnel, Canada-USA -- Application of NATM to design of underground stations in London Clay -- Water/Waste -- Underground works on Third Nairobi Water Supply Project -- Design and construction of caverns for an underground sewage treatment plant, Hong Kong -- The Snake: a rock tunnel for storing combined sewage water, Stockholm -- Tunnelling on the Penzance and St. Ives sewerage scheme, Cornwall, England -- Tunnel-boring Machines -- Two tunnel-boring machines for Lesotho: a design and case history -- Open TBM tunnelling in complex geology for railroad in Sweden -- Use of sedimentary rock impact indices in evaluation of tunnel-boring machine performance -- Development and performance of tunnel-boring machines on Phase II of the London Water Ring Main -- Environmental Issues -- Environmental planning for the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority’s MetroWest water supply tunnel -- Palais Bernheimer in Munich: tunnelling for parking space under a historic building -- Limiting the damage to historic buildings due to tunnelling: experience at the Mansion House, London -- Compensation grouting to limit settlements during tunnelling at Waterloo Station, London -- Ground movement model validation at the Heathrow Express trial tunnel -- Case Histories -- Gjøvik Olympic Mountain Hall, Norway -- Construction of new escalator shaft and passageways at London Underground’s Waterloo Station -- Water in TBM drives, Delivery Tunnel South, Lesotho Highlands Water Project -- Tunnel-boring Machines -- CEN safety standards for tunnelling machines and air locks -- Tunnels below waste disposal tips -- Machine tunnelling in the northwest of England -- EPB-shield tunnelling for the Taipei Metro, contract 201A -- TBM drive management by use of computerized systems -- Research -- Long-term measurements of loads on tunnel linings in overconsolidated clay -- Non-destructive investigation of tunnels -- Case Histories -- Design, construction and performance of a 700-m ‘cover and cut’ tunnel in soft clay, Norway -- Shotcrete in the construction of Pen-Y-Clip tunnel, North Wales -- Face support for a large Mix-Shield in heterogeneous ground conditions -- Design -- Tunnel ring design, development, testing and manufacture for the London Water Ring Main -- Medway tunnel detailed design -- Developments in precast concrete tunnel linings in the United Kingdom -- Case Histories -- Channel tunnel: French undersea crossover design and construction -- Design and construction of Metsovon road tunnel, Greece -- Construction of the ‘Passante Ferroviario’ link in Milan, Italy, lots 3P, 5P and 6P: excavation by large earth pressure balanced shield with chemical foam injection -- Pen-Y-Clip road tunnel, North Wales: achieving a dry lining through a pervious rock formation -- Hydropower -- Tunnel design in the design and construct context-the Pergau experience, Malaysia -- Serra da Mesa project, Brazil: excavation of shafts and penstocks -- Tunnel Machinery -- Rock cutting with roadheaders -- Increased productivity in construction of civil and mining tunnels through the use of high-capacity tunnel-boring machines and continuous belt conveyor muck haulage.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461535546
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 302 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Base oils from petroleum -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Base oil composition -- 1.3 Products and specifications -- 1.4 Conventional base oil manufacturing methods -- 1.5 Modern catalytic processes -- 1.6 Future developments -- References -- 2 Synthetic base fluids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Polyalphaolefins -- 2.3 Alkylated aromatics -- 2.4 Polybutenes -- 2.5 Synthetic esters -- 2.6 Polyalkylene glycols -- 2.7 Phosphate esters -- References -- 3 Detergents/dispersants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Detergents -- 3.3 Dispersants -- 3.4 Other lubricants -- 3.5 Performance evaluation -- References -- Further reading -- 4 Oxidative degradation and stabilisation of mineral oil based lubricants -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Autoxidation of hydrocarbons -- 4.3 Oxidation stability of base oils -- 4.4 Inhibition of oxidative degradation of lubricants -- 4.5 Application of antioxidants -- 4.6 Future antioxidant technology -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 Viscosity index improvers and thickeners -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Overview of VI improver chemistry -- 5.3 Chemistry and manufacture of commercial VI improvers -- 5.4 Function and properties -- 5.5 Performance -- 5.6 Prognosis for future developments -- References -- 6 Miscellaneous additives -- 6.1 Friction modifiers -- 6.2 Pour point depressants -- 6.3 Demulsifiers and antifoams -- 6.4 Corrosion inhibitors -- Reference -- 7 The formulation of automotive lubricants -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 What type of lubricant is wanted? -- 7.3 Why there are so many types oflubricant -- 7.4 Multifunctional lubricants -- 7.5 Definition oflubricant performance -- 7.6 Lubricant formulation—the physical phase -- 8 Industrial lubricants -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Bearing lubricants -- 8.3 Compressor lubricants -- 8.4 Hydraulic lubricants (fluids) -- 8.5 Industrial gear lubricants -- 8.6 Turbine lubricants -- 8.7 Metalworking lubricants -- 8.8 Specialities -- References -- 9 Aviation lubricants -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Lubrication of rotary engines -- 9.3 Lubrication of conventional aircraft piston engines -- 9.4 Lubrication of aircraft turbine engines -- 9.5 Aircraft hydraulic fluids -- 9.6 Helicopter gearboxes -- 9.7 Undercarriage lubrication -- 9.8 Airframe lubrication -- 9.9 Safety aspects of aircraft lubrication -- 9.10 Space lubrication -- References -- 10 Marine lubricants -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Marine diesel engines -- 10.3 Fuel oil -- 10.4 Base oils -- 10.5 Additives -- 10.6 Properties and formulation of marine lubricants -- 10.7 System oils -- 10.8 Cylinder oils -- 10.9 Trunk piston engine oils -- 10.10 Used oil analysis -- References -- 11 Lubricating grease -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Structure and properties -- 11.3 Chemistry -- 11.4 Applications -- 11.5 Future developments -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Extreme-pressure and anti-wear additives -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Anti-wear additives -- 12.3 Extreme-pressure additives -- 12.4 Mechanisms of action of anti-wear and EP additives -- 12.5 Application of different classes of additive -- 12.6 Future developments -- References -- 13 Lubricants and their environmental impact -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Collection of waste lubricant -- 13.3 Treatment of collected lubricant -- 13.4 Re-refined base oil quality -- 13.5 Health and safety aspects of re-refined oil -- 13.6 Environmental considerations of waste lubricant -- 13.7 Environmental impact of ‘consumed’ lubricant -- 13.8 Biodegradation tests for oils -- 13.9 Future trends -- References -- Further reading.
    Abstract: The use oflubricants began in ancient times and has developed into a major international business through the need to lubricate machines of increasing complexity. The impetus for lubricant development has arisen from need, so lubricatingpractice has precededan understandingofthescientificprinciples. This is not surprising as the scientific basis of the technology is, by nature, highly complex and interdisciplinary. However, we believe that the under­ standing of lubricant phenomena will continue to be developed at a mol­ ecular level to meet future challenges. These challenges will include the control of emissions from internal combustion engines, the reduction of friction and wear in machinery, and continuing improvements to lubricant performanceand life-time. More recently, there has been an increased understanding ofthe chemical aspects of lubrication, which has complemented the knowledge and under­ standing gained through studies dealing with physics and engineering. This book aims to bring together this chemical information and present it in a practical way. It is written by chemists who are authorities in the various specialisations within the lubricating industry, and is intended to be of interest to chemists who may already be working in the lubricating industry or in academia, and who are seeking a chemist's view of lubrication. It will also be of benefit to engineers and technologists familiar with the industry who requirea more fundamental understanding oflubricants.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Base oils from petroleum1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Base oil composition -- 1.3 Products and specifications -- 1.4 Conventional base oil manufacturing methods -- 1.5 Modern catalytic processes -- 1.6 Future developments -- References -- 2 Synthetic base fluids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Polyalphaolefins -- 2.3 Alkylated aromatics -- 2.4 Polybutenes -- 2.5 Synthetic esters -- 2.6 Polyalkylene glycols -- 2.7 Phosphate esters -- References -- 3 Detergents/dispersants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Detergents -- 3.3 Dispersants -- 3.4 Other lubricants -- 3.5 Performance evaluation -- References -- Further reading -- 4 Oxidative degradation and stabilisation of mineral oil based lubricants -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Autoxidation of hydrocarbons -- 4.3 Oxidation stability of base oils -- 4.4 Inhibition of oxidative degradation of lubricants -- 4.5 Application of antioxidants -- 4.6 Future antioxidant technology -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 Viscosity index improvers and thickeners -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Overview of VI improver chemistry -- 5.3 Chemistry and manufacture of commercial VI improvers -- 5.4 Function and properties -- 5.5 Performance -- 5.6 Prognosis for future developments -- References -- 6 Miscellaneous additives -- 6.1 Friction modifiers -- 6.2 Pour point depressants -- 6.3 Demulsifiers and antifoams -- 6.4 Corrosion inhibitors -- Reference -- 7 The formulation of automotive lubricants -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 What type of lubricant is wanted? -- 7.3 Why there are so many types oflubricant -- 7.4 Multifunctional lubricants -- 7.5 Definition oflubricant performance -- 7.6 Lubricant formulation-the physical phase -- 8 Industrial lubricants -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Bearing lubricants -- 8.3 Compressor lubricants -- 8.4 Hydraulic lubricants (fluids) -- 8.5 Industrial gear lubricants -- 8.6 Turbine lubricants -- 8.7 Metalworking lubricants -- 8.8 Specialities -- References -- 9 Aviation lubricants -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Lubrication of rotary engines -- 9.3 Lubrication of conventional aircraft piston engines -- 9.4 Lubrication of aircraft turbine engines -- 9.5 Aircraft hydraulic fluids -- 9.6 Helicopter gearboxes -- 9.7 Undercarriage lubrication -- 9.8 Airframe lubrication -- 9.9 Safety aspects of aircraft lubrication -- 9.10 Space lubrication -- References -- 10 Marine lubricants -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Marine diesel engines -- 10.3 Fuel oil -- 10.4 Base oils -- 10.5 Additives -- 10.6 Properties and formulation of marine lubricants -- 10.7 System oils -- 10.8 Cylinder oils -- 10.9 Trunk piston engine oils -- 10.10 Used oil analysis -- References -- 11 Lubricating grease -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Structure and properties -- 11.3 Chemistry -- 11.4 Applications -- 11.5 Future developments -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Extreme-pressure and anti-wear additives -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Anti-wear additives -- 12.3 Extreme-pressure additives -- 12.4 Mechanisms of action of anti-wear and EP additives -- 12.5 Application of different classes of additive -- 12.6 Future developments -- References -- 13 Lubricants and their environmental impact -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Collection of waste lubricant -- 13.3 Treatment of collected lubricant -- 13.4 Re-refined base oil quality -- 13.5 Health and safety aspects of re-refined oil -- 13.6 Environmental considerations of waste lubricant -- 13.7 Environmental impact of ‘consumed’ lubricant -- 13.8 Biodegradation tests for oils -- 13.9 Future trends -- References -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461597148
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Total System -- 1. Total Framework of the Toyota Production System -- II Subsystems -- 2. Adaptable Kanban System Maintains Just-In-Time Production -- 3. Supplier Kanban and the Sequence Schedule Used by Suppliers -- 4. Smoothed Production Helps Toyota Adapt to Demand Changes and Reduce Inventory -- 5. The Information System Between Toyota, Its Dealers, and Parts Manufacturers -- 6. Computer Control System in an Automobile Factory -- 7. How Toyota Shortened Production Lead Time -- 8. Reduction of Setup Time—Concepts and Techniques -- 9. Practical Procedure for Reducing Setup Time -- 10. Standard Operations Can Attain Balanced Production with Minimum Labor -- 11. Machine Layout, Multi-Function Workers, and Job Rotation Help Realize Flexible Workshops -- 12. Improvement Activities Help Reduce the Work Force and Increase Worker Morale -- 13. 5S—Foundation for Improvements -- 14. “Autonomous Defects Control” Assures Product Quality -- 15. Functional Management to Promote Company-Wide Quality Control and Cost Management -- III Quantitative Techniques -- 16. Sequencing Method for the Mixed-Model Assembly Line to Realize Smoothed Production -- 17. New Sequence Scheduling Method for Smoothing -- 18. Determining the Number of Kanban Pertinent to the Alternative Withdrawal Systems -- 19. Computer System for Kanban System Support -- 20. Numerical Analysis for Productivity Improvement -- IV Implementation -- 21. Review of Kanban System Principles -- 22. Prerequisites to Implementing the Toyota Production System -- 23. Applying the Toyota Production System Overseas -- Appendix 1: JIT Delivery System Can Ease Traffic Congestion and the Labor Shortage -- Appendix 2: Goals Coordination Method -- Appendix 3: Quantitative Analysis of Stocks in a JIT Multistage Production System Using the Constant Order Cycle Withdrawal Method -- Appendix 4: Quantitative Analysis of Lot Size in a JIT Production System Using Constant Order Quantity Withdrawal Method.
    Abstract: The Just-in-time (JIT) manufacturing system is an internal system in use by its founder, Toyota Motor Corporation, but it has taken on a new look. Toyota Production System, Second Edition systematically describes the changes that have occurred to the most efficient production system in use today. Since the publication of the first edition of this book in 1983, Toyota has integrated JIT with computer integrated manufacturing technology and a strategic informa­ tion system. The JIT goal of producing the necessary items in the necessary quantity at the necessary time is an internal driver of production and operations management. The addition of computer integrated technology (including expert systems by artificial intelligence) and information systems technology serve to further reduce costs, increase quality, and improve lead time. The new Toyota production system considers how to adapt production schedules to the demand changes in the marketplace while satisfying the goals of low cost, high quality, and timely delivery. The first edition of this book, Toyota Production System, published in 1983, is the basis for this book. It was translated into many languages including Spanish, Russian, Italian, Japanese, etc., and has played a definite role in inspiring production management systems throughout the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Total System1. Total Framework of the Toyota Production System -- II Subsystems -- 2. Adaptable Kanban System Maintains Just-In-Time Production -- 3. Supplier Kanban and the Sequence Schedule Used by Suppliers -- 4. Smoothed Production Helps Toyota Adapt to Demand Changes and Reduce Inventory -- 5. The Information System Between Toyota, Its Dealers, and Parts Manufacturers -- 6. Computer Control System in an Automobile Factory -- 7. How Toyota Shortened Production Lead Time -- 8. Reduction of Setup Time-Concepts and Techniques -- 9. Practical Procedure for Reducing Setup Time -- 10. Standard Operations Can Attain Balanced Production with Minimum Labor -- 11. Machine Layout, Multi-Function Workers, and Job Rotation Help Realize Flexible Workshops -- 12. Improvement Activities Help Reduce the Work Force and Increase Worker Morale -- 13. 5S-Foundation for Improvements -- 14. “Autonomous Defects Control” Assures Product Quality -- 15. Functional Management to Promote Company-Wide Quality Control and Cost Management -- III Quantitative Techniques -- 16. Sequencing Method for the Mixed-Model Assembly Line to Realize Smoothed Production -- 17. New Sequence Scheduling Method for Smoothing -- 18. Determining the Number of Kanban Pertinent to the Alternative Withdrawal Systems -- 19. Computer System for Kanban System Support -- 20. Numerical Analysis for Productivity Improvement -- IV Implementation -- 21. Review of Kanban System Principles -- 22. Prerequisites to Implementing the Toyota Production System -- 23. Applying the Toyota Production System Overseas -- Appendix 1: JIT Delivery System Can Ease Traffic Congestion and the Labor Shortage -- Appendix 2: Goals Coordination Method -- Appendix 3: Quantitative Analysis of Stocks in a JIT Multistage Production System Using the Constant Order Cycle Withdrawal Method -- Appendix 4: Quantitative Analysis of Lot Size in a JIT Production System Using Constant Order Quantity Withdrawal Method.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9781461526742
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (LXIV, 1085 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Keynote Lecture -- Plenary Lectures -- Physical and Physicochemical Properties of Food -- Application of NMR to Food Engineering -- Mechanical Processing of Food -- Thermal and Mass Transfer Operations of Food -- Phase Change Operation -- Concentration and Dehydration Processes -- Reaction Kinetics in Food Processing -- Fermentation Processes -- Bioreactors Using Enzymes and Cells -- Separation and Purification Processes -- Membrane Processes -- Pasteurization and Sterilization Processes -- Aseptic Processes -- Packaging Science and Technology -- Fouling and Cleaning -- Processing under Unusual Conditions -- Transportation and Preservation of Food -- Sensors, Process Control, and Factory Automation -- Innovation in Equipment Design and Plant Operation -- Environmental Problems in Food Industry -- Innovation in Traditional Food Processing -- Design of Physiological Functions of Foods from Engineering Viewpoints.
    Abstract: The necessity of prediction and fine control in the food manufacturing process is becoming more important than ever before, and food researchers and engineers must confront difficulties arising from the specificity of food materials and the sensitivity of human beings to taste. Fortunately, an overview of world research reveals that the mechanisms of the many complex phenomena found in the food manufacturing process have been gradually elucidated by skilful experiments using new analytical tools, methods and theoretical analyses. This book, the proceedings of the 6th International Congress on Engineering and Food (ICEF6), held for the first time in Asia - in Chiba, Japan May 23 -27, 1993 - summarizes the frontiers of world food engineering in 1993. Congress was joined by the 4th International Conference on Fouling and Cleaning. There were 476 active members from 31 countries participating in the Congress. The editors hope that readers will find this book to be a useful review of the current state of food engineering, and will consider future developments in this research field. The editors extend thanks to the members of the organizing committee of ICEF6, and the advisors, Dr. Ryozo Toei, Professor Emeritus of Kyoto University and Dr. Masao Fujimaki, Professor Emeritus of the University of Tokyo. They also acknowledge the international advisory board members who helped the organizing committee in many ways, and the 10 foundations and 66 companies that financially supported the ICEF6. Finally, the editors are indebted to the reviewers of the manuscripts of these proceedings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401106894
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 v)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Chemical Lists and List Descriptions -- 3. Cross-Reference Indexes of Chemical Names and Synonyms -- B. Regulatory Summaries -- Appendix: Key to RCRA “F”- and “K”- Series Wastes.
    Abstract: The Regulated Chemicals Directory"lM is meant to be a convenient source of information for everyone who needs to keep up-to-date regarding the regulations and recommendations that pertain to chemical substances. The RCD™ is designed to be the first reference book to consult when beginning compliance efforts. Every regulatory or advisory list used in the RCD™ is keyed to its source, to help readers who need more detailed information on regulations, recommendations, or guidelines readily locate source documents. Some organizations now center their compliance efforts on computerized information stored in cross-referenced databases. A unique feature of the RCDTM is the availability of an electronic version suitable for use on IBM-compatible personal computers, download onto mainframes and CD-ROM players. Both the print and electronic versions are updated with the same timeliness. For more information on the electronic versions of the Regulated Chemicals DirectoryTM, contact Chapman & Hall directly (One Penn Plaza, New York, NY 10119, fax-212-564-1505). Many companies working on product development need information on what may be regulated in the future. The RCD™ provides selected information on pending regulations and in-progress testing lists, which can provide a starting place for tracking future regulatory considerations. Information for the RCD™ is continually gathered and updated. Suggestions from readers for information that should be added to the RCD™ or for other ways to improve the book are welcomed by Chapman & Hall. - Patricia L. Dsida, Pres. ChemADVISOR® , Inc. ix Part A. Chemical Lists and Indexes Section 1.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. Chemical Lists and List Descriptions -- 3. Cross-Reference Indexes of Chemical Names and Synonyms -- B. Regulatory Summaries -- Appendix: Key to RCRA “F”- and “K”- Series Wastes.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401095921
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. An Overview of the Evolution of the U.S. Pecan Industry -- 2. Pecan Production -- 3. Pecan Physiology and Composition -- 4. Pecan Processing -- 5. Mechanization of Post-Harvest Pecan Processing -- 6. Microbiology and Sanitation -- 7. Pecan Composition -- 8. Methods for Measurement of Pecan Quality -- 9. Structure and Performance of the Pecan Market -- Appendix: Further Reading.
    Abstract: Flavorwise and texturewise pecans are the "Queen of the Edible Nuts. " This has been verified by salters, bakers, confectioners and ice cream manufacturers in America and western Europe. Hickory nuts and macadamia nuts are close behind, but are available only in limited supply. Pecans are among the nuts highest in oil content. In general, the varieties of nuts with the highest oil content are also rich in flavor and tender in texture. Some varieties of pecans (i. e. , Schley and Curtis) have been shown to contain as much as 76% oil. The oil in pecans is highly unsaturated, which means it is desirable from a nutritional standpoint but that it is also highly susceptible to oxidation which can cause pecans to tum stale and rancid. Pecans used in confections, bakery goods, cereals, or in snacks are more subject to staleness and rancidity than most nuts because these products are often stored at ambient temperatures. For this reason, pecans are considered to be semi-perishable and are not used in some "fine" products due to their limited shelf-life. Research at the Georgia Experiment Station has shown that raw pecans or most pecan products may be held in good condition for more than 20 years if freezing is the mode of preservation. However, development of new products demands that pecans be stored at ambient temperatures for extended intervals. Pecan 'meat' is easily bruised during shelling and handling.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. An Overview of the Evolution of the U.S. Pecan Industry2. Pecan Production -- 3. Pecan Physiology and Composition -- 4. Pecan Processing -- 5. Mechanization of Post-Harvest Pecan Processing -- 6. Microbiology and Sanitation -- 7. Pecan Composition -- 8. Methods for Measurement of Pecan Quality -- 9. Structure and Performance of the Pecan Market -- Appendix: Further Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461568414
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Climate, climate change, climate fluctuations and climatic trends are only a few of the terms used today, in not only conferences, scientific symposia and workshops, but also parliaments and in discussions throughout society. To climatologists these terms may be well known; to the vast majority of people, however, they are new, and they require definition and explanation. The World Meteorological Organization (WMO) inherited an interest and involvement in the studies of climate and climate change from its predecessor, the International Meteorological Organization (IMo), which was established in 1873. By 1929 the IMO had set up a Commission for Climatology to deal with matters related to climate studies. When, in 1950, the World Meteorological Organization assumed the mantle of the IMO, it retained the commission which, among other responsibilities, had already recognized the need for the definition and explana­ tion of terms used in climatology. It must also be said that much of what we now know about climate derives from the scientific and technical programmes co­ ordinated by IMO and now, to a much greater extent, by WMO. In 1979, the First World Climate Conference made an assessment of the status of knowledge of climate and climate variability, and recommended the establishment of a World Climate Programme. This recommendation was fully endorsed by the Eighth World Meteorological Congress, and the World Climate Programme was subse­ quently established by WMO in co-operation with the International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9781349607938
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 227 p)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Given the profound changes in international politics over past years, nuclear strategy clearly needs rethinking. Toward a Nuclear Peace analyzes the future of nuclear weapons in the defence policy of the United States and the European nuclear powers. The first part of the book, U.S. nuclear policy, considers the benefits and risks of further nuclear arms control, proposing specific recommendations for force structure, targeting, and strategic defence to enhance regional deterrence. The second part, European nuclear policy, discusses the future of nuclear weapons from British, French, and Russian perspectives. Toward a Nuclear Peace provides a most valuable service, filling a critical gap in current thinking by outlining both a short-and long-term future for nuclear forces
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461521570
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 354 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Industrial engineering. ; Production engineering. ; Agriculture. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Dedication -- Preface -- 1. Introduction and Historical -- 2. Bacteriology of the Heat Sterilization of Milk . -- 3. Chemical and Physical Changes in Milk at High Temperatures -- 4. Types of UHT Processing Plant -- 5. Performance of UHT Processing Plant . -- 6. Aseptic Filling -- 7. Cleaning and Sterilization of UHT Processing Plant and Aseptic Fillers -- 8. Connection of Aseptic Fillers to UHT Processing Plant -- 9. Properties of UHT -Processed Milk -- 10. Fouling of Heat Exchangers -- 11. Laboratory and Legislative Control.
    Abstract: This book attempts to explain the scientific basis for UHT sterilization and aseptic filling, as well as describe the processes and equipment used. I have tried to avoid producing merely a catalogue of sterilizers and aseptic fillers. Instead I have attempted to explain the principles on which the different types of plant operate, and discuss the factors which influence performance, so that information given by manufac­ turers may be assessed by readers in relation to their own processing requirements. Statements are generally supported by references. Where no re­ ference is given, personal experience or my interpretation of the work of others is my justification. Although the book deals mainly with milk and milk products, I hope that the information it contains will be useful to those dealing with other products, since the principles of processing are in general the same. The book is based on more than 30 years' involvement with research into UHT processing and aseptic filling. During this time I have been fortunate to work with and to talk to many people from whom I have learned a great deal. I benefited from conta.cts with Dr T. R. Ashton (England) and Professor H. Hostettler. (Switzerland), who were pioneers in the commercial development of UHT milk. More recently I have been privileged to know and work with research workers in many countries having a common interest in UHT processing. Of these, I should mention particularly Professors E. L. Thomas, V. A.
    Description / Table of Contents: DedicationPreface -- 1. Introduction and Historical -- 2. Bacteriology of the Heat Sterilization of Milk . -- 3. Chemical and Physical Changes in Milk at High Temperatures -- 4. Types of UHT Processing Plant -- 5. Performance of UHT Processing Plant . -- 6. Aseptic Filling -- 7. Cleaning and Sterilization of UHT Processing Plant and Aseptic Fillers -- 8. Connection of Aseptic Fillers to UHT Processing Plant -- 9. Properties of UHT -Processed Milk -- 10. Fouling of Heat Exchangers -- 11. Laboratory and Legislative Control.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401180900
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Fundamentals For All Capacitors -- Application Information -- 2 Ceramic Capacitors -- Application Information -- 3 Plastic Film Capacitors -- Application Information -- 4 Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors -- Production Technology -- Electro-mechanical Considerations -- 5 Tantalum Capacitors -- Tantalum Foil Style -- Wet Tantalum Style -- Solid Tantalum Style -- Application Information -- 6 Glass Capacitors -- Application Information -- 7 Mica Capacitors -- Application Information -- Appendix A Capacitor Selection Guidelines -- Ceramic -- Paper/Plastic Dielectric -- Aluminum Electrolytic -- Tantalum Electrolytic -- Glass -- Mica -- Trimmer Capacitors -- Appendix B Equations and Symbol Definitions -- Basic Capacitor Formulas -- Metric Prefixes -- Symbols.
    Abstract: A long and varied experience in many areas of electronic circuit design has convinced me that capacitors are the most misunderstood and misused electronic component. This book provides practical guidance in the understanding, construction, use, and application of capacitors. Theory, combined with circuit application advice, will help to under­ stand what goes on in each component and in the final design. All chapters are arranged with the theory of the dielectric type discussed first, followed by circuit application information. With all chapters arranged in the same manner, this will make reading and using this book for reference easier. A practical glossary of terms used in the capacitor industry is included. The first chapter covers basic information that applies to all types of capacitors. Each following chapter addresses a different capacitor dielectric. This book could have been titled: 'Everything You Wanted To Know About Capacitors, But Were Afraid To Ask .. .' ix Preface THE CAPACITOR HANDBOOK Chapter 1 Fundamentals For All Capacitors For all practical purposes, consider only the parallel plate capacitor as illustrated in Fig. 1.1-two conductors or electrodes separated by a dielectric material of uniform thickness. The conductors can be any material that will conduct electricity easily. The dielectric must be a poor conductor-an insulator. Conductor (Electrode) Dielectric ,;~;...--~ Conductor (Electrode) 1..-----Wire to Outside World Fig. 1.1 The Parallel-Plate Capacitor Fig. 1.2 illustrates the symbol for a capacitor used in schematic diagrams of electronic circuits. The symbol resembles a parallel-plate model.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Fundamentals For All CapacitorsApplication Information -- 2 Ceramic Capacitors -- Application Information -- 3 Plastic Film Capacitors -- Application Information -- 4 Aluminum Electrolytic Capacitors -- Production Technology -- Electro-mechanical Considerations -- 5 Tantalum Capacitors -- Tantalum Foil Style -- Wet Tantalum Style -- Solid Tantalum Style -- Application Information -- 6 Glass Capacitors -- Application Information -- 7 Mica Capacitors -- Application Information -- Appendix A Capacitor Selection Guidelines -- Ceramic -- Paper/Plastic Dielectric -- Aluminum Electrolytic -- Tantalum Electrolytic -- Glass -- Mica -- Trimmer Capacitors -- Appendix B Equations and Symbol Definitions -- Basic Capacitor Formulas -- Metric Prefixes -- Symbols.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold
    ISBN: 9781468499049
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 546 p)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Knott, Eugene F. Radar cross section measurements
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Radar ; Radarstreuquerschnitt
    Abstract: 1 Radar Cross Section Fundamentals -- 1.1 The Need for RCS Measurements -- 1.2 Electromagnetic Wave Properties -- 1.3 The Radar Range Equation -- 1.4 Radar Cross Section -- 1.5 Polarization Scattering Matrix -- 1.6 Basic Test Range Requirements -- 1.7 Summary -- 2 Instrumentation Systems -- 2.1 The CW Cancellation Radar -- 2.2 The Noncoherent Pulsed Radar -- 2.3 Coherent Radars -- 2.4 Multiband Scattering Matrix Radars -- 2.5 Digital Functions in Multiband Radars -- 2.6 Summary -- 3 Target Support Structures -- 3.1 Foam Columns -- 3.2 String Supports -- 3.3 The Metal Pylon -- 3.4 Other Structures and Techniques -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 Measurement Errors -- 4.1 Instrumentation and Sensitivity -- 4.2 Target Illumination -- 4.3 Background Contributions -- 4.4 Target—Environment Interactions -- 4.5 Summary -- 5 Calibration -- 5.1 Instrumentation Calibration -- 5.2 Calibration Scatterers with Curved Surfaces -- 5.3 Calibration Scatterers with Flat Surfaces -- 5.4 Calibration by Substitution -- 5.5 Summary -- 6 Outdoor Test Ranges -- 6.1 Ground-Plane Configuration -- 6.2 Two-Path Propagation -- 6.3 Effect of Antenna Pattern -- 6.4 Imperfectly Reflecting Ground Planes -- 6.5 Defeating the Ground Plane -- 6.6 Summary -- 7 Indoor Chambers -- 7.1 Wall Reflections -- 7.2 Chamber Configuration -- 7.3 Chamber Absorbing Materials -- 7.4 Test Chamber Evaluation -- 7.5 Summary -- 8 Compact Ranges -- 8.1 Dielectric Lenses -- 8.2 Large Reflectors -- 8.3 Reflector Edge Configurations -- 8.4 Dual-Reflector Configurations -- 8.5 Chamber Diagnostics -- 8.6 Summary -- 9 Data Processing and Reduction -- 9.1 Statistical Measures -- 9.2 Hard-Target Characteristics -- 9.3 Display Formats -- 9.4 Background Subtraction -- 9.5 Summary -- 10 Radar Imagery -- 10.1 Radar Imaging Principles -- 10.2 The Range Profile -- 10.3 Zero-padding and Windowing -- 10.4 The Cross-Range Profile -- 10.5 Image Formation and Diagnostics -- 10.6 Summary -- 11 Dynamic Test Ranges -- 11.1 The Instrumentation Radar -- 11.2 Dynamic Target Imaging -- 11.3 The Tracking Radar -- 11.4 Metric Data -- 11.5 Some Dynamic RCS Test Ranges -- 11.6 Summary -- 12 Scale-Model Testing -- 12.1 Scaling Laws -- 12.2 Dielectrics and Absorbers -- 12.3 Metallic Coatings and Resistive Sheets -- 12.4 A Specific Full-Scale/Scale-Model Comparison -- 12.5 Summary -- 13 Test Security -- 13.1 General Requirements -- 13.2 Target Shelters -- 13.3 Range Security -- 13.4 The Black Program -- 13.5 Summary.
    Abstract: The original campus of the University of Michigan was nearly a perfect square about a half-mile along a side. A street-sized walk, appropriately called the Diag, runs diagonally across this square, connecting its southeast and northwest corners. In 1904 a new engineering building was either started or finished (I do not remember which) to house classrooms. When another engineering building was built on the expanded campus across the street from it many years later, the old building came to be known as West Engine, to distinguish it from the new East Engine. Old West Engine is (or maybe by now, was) a four-story, L-shaped structure that stood at the southeast corner of the original campus. It was built with an arch in it to straddle the Diag at the apex of the L. You walked over the Engineering Arch to get from one leg of the L to the other if you were inside the building, and you walked under it when you entered the campus from the southeast corner. Affixed to the masonry wall of the arch was a plaque I often noted in passing. It bore a quote attributed to Horace Greeley (1811-1872), who I did not know at the time was the founder, editor, and publisher of the New York Tribune. It said, simply, Young man, when theory and practice differ, use your horse sense. The suggestion seems worthy of an exclamation point instead of a period, but I do not remember if it had one.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Radar Cross Section Fundamentals1.1 The Need for RCS Measurements -- 1.2 Electromagnetic Wave Properties -- 1.3 The Radar Range Equation -- 1.4 Radar Cross Section -- 1.5 Polarization Scattering Matrix -- 1.6 Basic Test Range Requirements -- 1.7 Summary -- 2 Instrumentation Systems -- 2.1 The CW Cancellation Radar -- 2.2 The Noncoherent Pulsed Radar -- 2.3 Coherent Radars -- 2.4 Multiband Scattering Matrix Radars -- 2.5 Digital Functions in Multiband Radars -- 2.6 Summary -- 3 Target Support Structures -- 3.1 Foam Columns -- 3.2 String Supports -- 3.3 The Metal Pylon -- 3.4 Other Structures and Techniques -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 Measurement Errors -- 4.1 Instrumentation and Sensitivity -- 4.2 Target Illumination -- 4.3 Background Contributions -- 4.4 Target-Environment Interactions -- 4.5 Summary -- 5 Calibration -- 5.1 Instrumentation Calibration -- 5.2 Calibration Scatterers with Curved Surfaces -- 5.3 Calibration Scatterers with Flat Surfaces -- 5.4 Calibration by Substitution -- 5.5 Summary -- 6 Outdoor Test Ranges -- 6.1 Ground-Plane Configuration -- 6.2 Two-Path Propagation -- 6.3 Effect of Antenna Pattern -- 6.4 Imperfectly Reflecting Ground Planes -- 6.5 Defeating the Ground Plane -- 6.6 Summary -- 7 Indoor Chambers -- 7.1 Wall Reflections -- 7.2 Chamber Configuration -- 7.3 Chamber Absorbing Materials -- 7.4 Test Chamber Evaluation -- 7.5 Summary -- 8 Compact Ranges -- 8.1 Dielectric Lenses -- 8.2 Large Reflectors -- 8.3 Reflector Edge Configurations -- 8.4 Dual-Reflector Configurations -- 8.5 Chamber Diagnostics -- 8.6 Summary -- 9 Data Processing and Reduction -- 9.1 Statistical Measures -- 9.2 Hard-Target Characteristics -- 9.3 Display Formats -- 9.4 Background Subtraction -- 9.5 Summary -- 10 Radar Imagery -- 10.1 Radar Imaging Principles -- 10.2 The Range Profile -- 10.3 Zero-padding and Windowing -- 10.4 The Cross-Range Profile -- 10.5 Image Formation and Diagnostics -- 10.6 Summary -- 11 Dynamic Test Ranges -- 11.1 The Instrumentation Radar -- 11.2 Dynamic Target Imaging -- 11.3 The Tracking Radar -- 11.4 Metric Data -- 11.5 Some Dynamic RCS Test Ranges -- 11.6 Summary -- 12 Scale-Model Testing -- 12.1 Scaling Laws -- 12.2 Dielectrics and Absorbers -- 12.3 Metallic Coatings and Resistive Sheets -- 12.4 A Specific Full-Scale/Scale-Model Comparison -- 12.5 Summary -- 13 Test Security -- 13.1 General Requirements -- 13.2 Target Shelters -- 13.3 Range Security -- 13.4 The Black Program -- 13.5 Summary.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9781468468083
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Nuclear Imaging in Drug Development—Introduction -- 2. Nuclear Medicine Physics, Instrumentation, and Data Processing in Pharmaceutical Research -- 3. Accelerators for Positron Emission Tomography -- 4. Chemistry of Tracers for Positron Emission Tomography -- 5. Single Photon, Gamma Emitting Radiotracers for Use in Imaging -- 6. The Design of Site-Directed Radiopharmaceuticals for Use in Drug Discovery -- 7. Applications of Autoradiography to Drug Discovery -- 8. Quantitative Whole Body Autoradiographic Microimaging for Pharmaceutical Research -- 9. Cerebral Metabolic Rates of 2-[18F]Fluoro-2-Deoxy-D-Glucose in the Presence of Ofloxacin A GABAA Receptor Antagonist -- 10. Positron Emission Tomography, Enzymes and Drug Research and Development -- 11. The Role of Positron Emission Tomography in Assessing and Monitoring Dopamine Active Drugs -- 12. Iodinated Dopamine D1 and D2 Receptor Imaging Agents for SPECT -- 13. Radiolabeled Atrial Natriuretic Peptide and Somatostatin for In Vivo Imaging of Receptors -- 14. Use of Radionuclides in Experimental Vascular Thrombosis -- 15. Application of Nuclear Imaging to Drug Delivery Evaluation and Development: A Review of Radiolabeled, Injectable, Colloidal Systems of Delivery -- 16. The Gastrointestinal Transit and Systemic Absorption of Diltiazem HCL from a Modified Release Dosage Form -- 17. The Potential Uses of Radiopharmaceuticals in the Pharmaceutical Industry.
    Abstract: It is the purpose and business of the pharmaceutical industry to dis­ cover, develop, and make available drugs for the care of the sick. The purpose of universities and national laboratories is to provide people and scientific knowledge that can help in the process. This book presents the combined efforts of scientists from the drug in­ dustry, academic laboratories and national laboratories to describe advances in radiotracer technology in studies on experimental ani­ mals and living human beings. The authors believe that the technol­ ogy is now ready for widespread application in the pharmaceutical industry. The goal of this book is to help bring this about. The field of Nuclear Medicine is based on the concept that, if treatment of disease is chemical, the patient's diagnosis should be chemical. Anatomy and histopathology have been the principle ba­ sis for making a diagnosis. Histopathologic data suffer from being descriptive, subjective, not quantifiable, and based on the study of dead tissue. The era of histopathology as the dominant concept in medical practice is coming to an end. Histopathologic findings are often heterogeneous and a single biopsy will at times not reveal the true nature of the disease, such as the grading of malignancy. Far greater accuracy of staging of disease and in the planning of treat­ ment is possible through chemistry, as well as by making possible a more suitable selection of a histological biopsy site.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Nuclear Imaging in Drug Development-Introduction2. Nuclear Medicine Physics, Instrumentation, and Data Processing in Pharmaceutical Research -- 3. Accelerators for Positron Emission Tomography -- 4. Chemistry of Tracers for Positron Emission Tomography -- 5. Single Photon, Gamma Emitting Radiotracers for Use in Imaging -- 6. The Design of Site-Directed Radiopharmaceuticals for Use in Drug Discovery -- 7. Applications of Autoradiography to Drug Discovery -- 8. Quantitative Whole Body Autoradiographic Microimaging for Pharmaceutical Research -- 9. Cerebral Metabolic Rates of 2-[18F]Fluoro-2-Deoxy-D-Glucose in the Presence of Ofloxacin A GABAA Receptor Antagonist -- 10. Positron Emission Tomography, Enzymes and Drug Research and Development -- 11. The Role of Positron Emission Tomography in Assessing and Monitoring Dopamine Active Drugs -- 12. Iodinated Dopamine D1 and D2 Receptor Imaging Agents for SPECT -- 13. Radiolabeled Atrial Natriuretic Peptide and Somatostatin for In Vivo Imaging of Receptors -- 14. Use of Radionuclides in Experimental Vascular Thrombosis -- 15. Application of Nuclear Imaging to Drug Delivery Evaluation and Development: A Review of Radiolabeled, Injectable, Colloidal Systems of Delivery -- 16. The Gastrointestinal Transit and Systemic Absorption of Diltiazem HCL from a Modified Release Dosage Form -- 17. The Potential Uses of Radiopharmaceuticals in the Pharmaceutical Industry.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Basel : Birkhäuser Basel
    ISBN: 9783034875240
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Geometry. ; Mathematics. ; History. ; Topology. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Life and work of Eduard ?ech -- Bibliography of E. ?ech -- ?ech-Stone Compactification -- On Bicompact Spaces, Annals of Mathematics 38, 1937 -- Remark on Bicompact Spaces, Annals of Mathematics 38, 1937 -- On Rings of Continuous Functions on Topological Spaces, Comptes Rendus (Doklady) de l’Académie des Sciences de l’URSS 22, 1939 -- Stone-?ech Compactifications of Products, Transactions of Amer. Math. Soc. 90, 1959 -- Stone-?ech Homogeneity Problems in the Theory of ?ech Compactifications, Duke Math. J. 23, 1956 -- On a Universal Bicompactum of Weight N, Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 150, 1963. (Translated from Russian by P. Simon) -- Non-Homogeneity of ?P - P, Comment. Math. Univ. Carolinae 8, 1967 -- Weak P-Points in N*, Colloquia Math. Soc. J. Bolyai 23, 1978 -- Dimension Theory -- On the Dimension of Perfectly Normal Spaces, Bull. Intern. Acad. Tcheque Sci. 33, 1932. (Translated from French by J. Vanzura) -- Contribution to Dimension Theory, ?asopis P?st. Mat. Fys. 62, 1933. (Translated from Czech by P. Simon) -- On the Dimension of Bicompacta, Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR 67, 1949. (Translated from Russian by P. Simon) -- Inductive Dimension of Completely Normal Spaces, Quart. J. Math. Oxford Ser. (2) 4, 1953 -- Dimension of Metric Spaces, Fundamenta Mathematicae 43, 1956 -- On the Dimension of Compact Spaces, Czechoslovak Math. J. 8, 1958. (Translated from Russian by P. Simon) -- Bicompacta with Distinct Dimensions ind and dim, Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 192, 1970. (Translated from Russian by P. Simon) -- A Hereditarily Normal Strongly Zero-Dimensional Space with a Subspace of Positive Dimension and an N-Compact Space of Positive Dimension, Fundamenta Mathematicae 97, 1977 -- Spaces with Noncoinciding Dimensions, Proceedings of Amer. Math. Soc. 94, 1985 -- Algebraic Topology -- General Homology Theory in an Arbitrary Space, Fundamenta Mathematicae 10, 1932. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- Betti Groups of an Infinite Complex, Fundamenta Mathematicae 25, 1935. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- Multiplications On a Complex, Annals of Math. 37, 1936 -- On Generalized Manifolds, American J. of Math. 55, 1933 -- ?ech Cohomology Theory and the Axioms, Annals of Math. 51, 1950 -- Differential Geometry -- On the Surfaces All Segre Curves of Which Are Plane Curves, Publ. Fac. Sci. Univ. Masaryk 11, 1922. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- Developable Transformations of Line Congruences, Czechoslovak Math. J. 6, 1956. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- On the Differential Geometry of a Surface Embedded in a Three Dimensional Space With Projective Connection, Czechoslovak Math. J. 11, 1961. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- Order of Holonomy of a Surface With Projective Connection, ?asopis P?st. Mat. 96, 1971 -- Geometric Deformations of the Evolution Equations and Bäcklund Transformations, Physica 18D, 1986 -- Professor ?ech and Didactics of Mathematics -- Acknowledgement.
    Abstract: The work of Professor Eduard Cech had a si~ificant influence on the development of algebraic and general topology and differential geometry. This book, which appears on the occasion of the centenary of Cech's birth, contains some of his most important papers and traces the subsequent trends emerging from his ideas. The body of the book consists of four chapters devoted to algebraic topology, Cech-Stone compactification, dimension theory and differential geometry. Each of these includes a selection of Cech's papers, a brief summary of some results which followed from his work or constituted solutions to the problems he posed, and several selected papers by various authors concerning the areas of study he initiated. The book also contains a concise biography borrowed with minor changes from the book Topological papers of E. tech, a list of Cech's publications and a very brief note on his activity in the didactics of mathematics. The editors wish to express their sincere gratitude to all who contributed to the completion and publication of this book.
    Description / Table of Contents: Life and work of Eduard ?echBibliography of E. ?ech -- ?ech-Stone Compactification -- On Bicompact Spaces, Annals of Mathematics 38, 1937 -- Remark on Bicompact Spaces, Annals of Mathematics 38, 1937 -- On Rings of Continuous Functions on Topological Spaces, Comptes Rendus (Doklady) de l’Académie des Sciences de l’URSS 22, 1939 -- Stone-?ech Compactifications of Products, Transactions of Amer. Math. Soc. 90, 1959 -- Stone-?ech Homogeneity Problems in the Theory of ?ech Compactifications, Duke Math. J. 23, 1956 -- On a Universal Bicompactum of Weight N, Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 150, 1963. (Translated from Russian by P. Simon) -- Non-Homogeneity of ?P - P, Comment. Math. Univ. Carolinae 8, 1967 -- Weak P-Points in N*, Colloquia Math. Soc. J. Bolyai 23, 1978 -- Dimension Theory -- On the Dimension of Perfectly Normal Spaces, Bull. Intern. Acad. Tcheque Sci. 33, 1932. (Translated from French by J. Vanzura) -- Contribution to Dimension Theory, ?asopis P?st. Mat. Fys. 62, 1933. (Translated from Czech by P. Simon) -- On the Dimension of Bicompacta, Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR 67, 1949. (Translated from Russian by P. Simon) -- Inductive Dimension of Completely Normal Spaces, Quart. J. Math. Oxford Ser. (2) 4, 1953 -- Dimension of Metric Spaces, Fundamenta Mathematicae 43, 1956 -- On the Dimension of Compact Spaces, Czechoslovak Math. J. 8, 1958. (Translated from Russian by P. Simon) -- Bicompacta with Distinct Dimensions ind and dim, Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 192, 1970. (Translated from Russian by P. Simon) -- A Hereditarily Normal Strongly Zero-Dimensional Space with a Subspace of Positive Dimension and an N-Compact Space of Positive Dimension, Fundamenta Mathematicae 97, 1977 -- Spaces with Noncoinciding Dimensions, Proceedings of Amer. Math. Soc. 94, 1985 -- Algebraic Topology -- General Homology Theory in an Arbitrary Space, Fundamenta Mathematicae 10, 1932. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- Betti Groups of an Infinite Complex, Fundamenta Mathematicae 25, 1935. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- Multiplications On a Complex, Annals of Math. 37, 1936 -- On Generalized Manifolds, American J. of Math. 55, 1933 -- ?ech Cohomology Theory and the Axioms, Annals of Math. 51, 1950 -- Differential Geometry -- On the Surfaces All Segre Curves of Which Are Plane Curves, Publ. Fac. Sci. Univ. Masaryk 11, 1922. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- Developable Transformations of Line Congruences, Czechoslovak Math. J. 6, 1956. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- On the Differential Geometry of a Surface Embedded in a Three Dimensional Space With Projective Connection, Czechoslovak Math. J. 11, 1961. (Translated from French by J. Vanžura) -- Order of Holonomy of a Surface With Projective Connection, ?asopis P?st. Mat. 96, 1971 -- Geometric Deformations of the Evolution Equations and Bäcklund Transformations, Physica 18D, 1986 -- Professor ?ech and Didactics of Mathematics -- Acknowledgement.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401121323
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1048 p)
    Edition: 10th edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    Abstract: This edition of over 60 000 entries, including significantly more than 20% new or revised material, not only updates its predecessor but also continues the policy of extending coverage to areas dealt with only sparsely in previous editions. Special attention has been paid to the Far East, Australasia and Latin America in general, and to the People's Republic of China in particular. The cross-referencing between a defunct organization and its successor (indicated by ex and now) introduced into the last edition, has been extended. Otherwise the policies adopted in previous editions have been retained. All kinds of organizations are included - international, national, governmental, individual, large or small - but strictly local organizations have been omitted. The subject scope includes activities of all kinds, in the fields of commerce and industry, education, law, politics, public administration, religion, recreation, medicine, science and technology. The country of origin of a national organization is given in brackets, unless it is the home country of the title language or can be deduced readily from the title itself. Acronyms of parent bodies of subsidiary organizations are also added in brackets. Equivalences are used to link acronyms in different languages for the same organization. A select bibliography guides the reader to specialist works providing more detailed information.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    ISBN: 9781489967046
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 639 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9781489967183
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 240 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401115049
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1: Information management -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Spatial data systems -- 1.3 Decision making -- 1.4 Organisations and their objectives -- 1.5 The management of information -- 1.6 Information networks -- 1.7 Information systems -- 1.8 Geo-information systems -- 1.9 Spatial decision support systems -- 2: Data for geo-information systems -- 2.1 Data into information -- 2.2 Describing geographic location -- 2.3 Objects and hierarchies -- 2.4 Maps and cartographic representation -- 2.5 Considerations in using maps -- 2.6 Map-based geo-information systems -- 2.7 Data derived from spatial analysis -- 2.8 Address-based spatial information -- 2.9 Postcodes -- 2.10 Other spatial datasets -- 2.11 Attribute data -- 2.12 Metadata -- 3: Geo-information databases -- 3.1 Choosing the right data structure -- 3.2 Data structures and data models -- 3.3 Spatial data models -- 3.4 Spatial data structures -- 3.5 Problems of three dimensional data -- 3.6 Temporal data model -- 3.7 Database management systems -- 3.8 Physical and logical database design -- 3.9 DBMS structures -- 3.10 Standard query language (SQL) -- 3.11 Object-oriented databases -- 4: Integrated approaches to GIS -- 4.1 Benefits of information integration -- 4.2 Integrated data models -- 4.3 Information networks -- 4.4 Integration with existing databases -- 4.5 Open systems environment -- 4.6 Integration frameworks -- 4.7 Corporate solutions -- 4.8 Organisational issues -- 4.9 Implementation strategies -- 4.10 Benefits and costs -- 5: Low cost spatial information systems -- 5.1 Low cost strategies -- 5.2 Development of the microcomputer -- 5.3 Availability of software -- 5.4 Developing technologies -- 5.5 Stand alone solutions -- 5.6 Network solutions -- 5.7 Data availability -- 5.8 Human resourcing issues -- 5.9 Implementation issues -- 5.10 Low cost GIS users -- 6: Copyright and legal issues -- 6.1 Who owns the data? -- 6.2 Law related to information -- 6.3 Access to information -- 6.4 Data ownership and copyright -- 6.5 Added value information -- 6.6 Liability and GIS -- 6.7 Accuracy of information -- 6.8 Inappropriate map usage -- 6.9 Data availability and government policy -- 7: Standards for spatial information -- 7.1 The role of standards -- 7.2 Standards organisations -- 7.3 Data transfer standards -- 7.4 UK National Transfer Format -- 7.5 US Spatial Data Transfer Standard -- 7.6 DIGEST -- 7.7 ASRP Raster Standard -- 7.8 Other standards -- 7.9 Importance of standards -- 8: Analysis functions in GIS -- 8.1 Analysis in GIS -- 8.2 Manipulation versus analysis -- 8.3 Query and manipulation in integrated solutions -- 8.4 Statistical analysis -- 8.5 Modelling of spatial data -- 8.6 Models for managing derived data -- 8.7 Metadatabases and data dictionaries -- 8.8 Developing operating procedures for analytical processes -- 9: Graphical user interfaces -- 9.1 Human-computer interface -- 9.2 User-friendly GIS -- 9.3 Generic interface types -- 9.4 User interfaces for decision support systems -- 9.5 GIS-independent user interfaces -- 9.6 Specific applications of graphical user interfaces -- 9.7 Issues of communication -- 9.8 Help facilities -- 10: Visualisation -- 10.1 Cartographic visualisation -- 10.2 Perception and patterns -- 10.3 Map design issues -- 10.4 Colour and symbolisation -- 10.5 Typology and text placement -- 10.6 Interactive map specifications -- 10.7 Scientific visualisation -- 10.8 Terrain representation -- 10.9 Three dimensional visualisation -- 10.10 Perspective cartography -- 10.11 Visualisaton of temporal information -- 10.12 Virtual reality -- 11: Image-based spatial information systems -- 11.1 Image-based information systems -- 11.2 Vertical aerial photography -- 11.3 Photogrammetric data collection -- 11.4 Recent technical advances -- 11.5 Photo interpretation -- 11.6 Orthophotos -- 11.7 Digital photogrammetry -- 11.8 Seamless aerial photography -- 11.9 Changing role of aerial photography in GIS -- 11.10 Remote sensing -- 11.11 Image analysis -- 11.12 Role of remote sensing -- 11.13 Integrated image-based systems -- 12: Multimedia and hypermaps -- 12.1 The multimedia concept -- 12.2 Multimedia data -- 12.3 Digital video -- 12.4 Sound -- 12.5 Animation -- 12.6 Hypertext concept -- 12.7 Hyperdocuments -- 12.8 Hypertext user interfaces -- 12.9 Hypermaps -- 12.10 Cartographic representation in multimedia -- 12.11 Integrated geo-based multimedia solutions -- Appendix A: Acronyms -- Appendix B: A summary of the main GIS and related software that has been developed for microcomputers.
    Abstract: This book was inspired by the revolution in geographical information systems during the late 1970s and 1980s which introduced to many the concept of computer-based information systems for spatially referenced data. The map, the aerial photograph and the satellite image were wedded to a database of textual information through the rapidly developing technology of powerful graphics workstations. This brought the skills of the geographer to a wide range of disciplines and specialists. But this book is not about the basic concepts of geographical information systems themselves. It is not about hardware or software per se, nor the integral concepts of geo-referenced data handling built into such systems; these are to be found in a growing number of introductory texts on the subject. Instead the focus of this book is on of geo-information management. the much wider issues While an understanding of the systems, their capabilities and limitations is necessary, of greater importance to the long term application of geographical understanding to problem solving is the wider context of information handling. Spatial data are becoming increasingly important in understanding the issues that confront the world. Chapter 1 is a discussion of the general issues which relate to management and information systems. It concludes with review of spatial decision support systems which are of increasing importance to the GIS community.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1: Information management1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Spatial data systems -- 1.3 Decision making -- 1.4 Organisations and their objectives -- 1.5 The management of information -- 1.6 Information networks -- 1.7 Information systems -- 1.8 Geo-information systems -- 1.9 Spatial decision support systems -- 2: Data for geo-information systems -- 2.1 Data into information -- 2.2 Describing geographic location -- 2.3 Objects and hierarchies -- 2.4 Maps and cartographic representation -- 2.5 Considerations in using maps -- 2.6 Map-based geo-information systems -- 2.7 Data derived from spatial analysis -- 2.8 Address-based spatial information -- 2.9 Postcodes -- 2.10 Other spatial datasets -- 2.11 Attribute data -- 2.12 Metadata -- 3: Geo-information databases -- 3.1 Choosing the right data structure -- 3.2 Data structures and data models -- 3.3 Spatial data models -- 3.4 Spatial data structures -- 3.5 Problems of three dimensional data -- 3.6 Temporal data model -- 3.7 Database management systems -- 3.8 Physical and logical database design -- 3.9 DBMS structures -- 3.10 Standard query language (SQL) -- 3.11 Object-oriented databases -- 4: Integrated approaches to GIS -- 4.1 Benefits of information integration -- 4.2 Integrated data models -- 4.3 Information networks -- 4.4 Integration with existing databases -- 4.5 Open systems environment -- 4.6 Integration frameworks -- 4.7 Corporate solutions -- 4.8 Organisational issues -- 4.9 Implementation strategies -- 4.10 Benefits and costs -- 5: Low cost spatial information systems -- 5.1 Low cost strategies -- 5.2 Development of the microcomputer -- 5.3 Availability of software -- 5.4 Developing technologies -- 5.5 Stand alone solutions -- 5.6 Network solutions -- 5.7 Data availability -- 5.8 Human resourcing issues -- 5.9 Implementation issues -- 5.10 Low cost GIS users -- 6: Copyright and legal issues -- 6.1 Who owns the data? -- 6.2 Law related to information -- 6.3 Access to information -- 6.4 Data ownership and copyright -- 6.5 Added value information -- 6.6 Liability and GIS -- 6.7 Accuracy of information -- 6.8 Inappropriate map usage -- 6.9 Data availability and government policy -- 7: Standards for spatial information -- 7.1 The role of standards -- 7.2 Standards organisations -- 7.3 Data transfer standards -- 7.4 UK National Transfer Format -- 7.5 US Spatial Data Transfer Standard -- 7.6 DIGEST -- 7.7 ASRP Raster Standard -- 7.8 Other standards -- 7.9 Importance of standards -- 8: Analysis functions in GIS -- 8.1 Analysis in GIS -- 8.2 Manipulation versus analysis -- 8.3 Query and manipulation in integrated solutions -- 8.4 Statistical analysis -- 8.5 Modelling of spatial data -- 8.6 Models for managing derived data -- 8.7 Metadatabases and data dictionaries -- 8.8 Developing operating procedures for analytical processes -- 9: Graphical user interfaces -- 9.1 Human-computer interface -- 9.2 User-friendly GIS -- 9.3 Generic interface types -- 9.4 User interfaces for decision support systems -- 9.5 GIS-independent user interfaces -- 9.6 Specific applications of graphical user interfaces -- 9.7 Issues of communication -- 9.8 Help facilities -- 10: Visualisation -- 10.1 Cartographic visualisation -- 10.2 Perception and patterns -- 10.3 Map design issues -- 10.4 Colour and symbolisation -- 10.5 Typology and text placement -- 10.6 Interactive map specifications -- 10.7 Scientific visualisation -- 10.8 Terrain representation -- 10.9 Three dimensional visualisation -- 10.10 Perspective cartography -- 10.11 Visualisaton of temporal information -- 10.12 Virtual reality -- 11: Image-based spatial information systems -- 11.1 Image-based information systems -- 11.2 Vertical aerial photography -- 11.3 Photogrammetric data collection -- 11.4 Recent technical advances -- 11.5 Photo interpretation -- 11.6 Orthophotos -- 11.7 Digital photogrammetry -- 11.8 Seamless aerial photography -- 11.9 Changing role of aerial photography in GIS -- 11.10 Remote sensing -- 11.11 Image analysis -- 11.12 Role of remote sensing -- 11.13 Integrated image-based systems -- 12: Multimedia and hypermaps -- 12.1 The multimedia concept -- 12.2 Multimedia data -- 12.3 Digital video -- 12.4 Sound -- 12.5 Animation -- 12.6 Hypertext concept -- 12.7 Hyperdocuments -- 12.8 Hypertext user interfaces -- 12.9 Hypermaps -- 12.10 Cartographic representation in multimedia -- 12.11 Integrated geo-based multimedia solutions -- Appendix A: Acronyms -- Appendix B: A summary of the main GIS and related software that has been developed for microcomputers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401114967
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Sixth edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Growth and nutrition -- 3 Zygomycotina and Mastigomycotina -- 4 Ascomycotina -- 5 Basidiomycotina -- 6 Deuteromycotina -- 7 Dispersal in fungi -- 8 Fungal genetics -- 9 Ecology of saprotrophic fungi -- 10 Fungi as plant pathogens -- 11 Fungi as mutualistic symbionts -- 12 Fungi and human affairs -- Further reading: Books on fungi.
    Abstract: This book has passed through a number of editions each involving some modifications while retaining the general character of the first. The most substantial changes occurred in the fifth (1983), but that is now out-of-date. Mycology has not been immune from the rapid evolution of biology in the past decade and the preparation was a long way beyond the capacity of the older writer (C.T.I.). So a younger one (H.J.H.) has collaborated with him. Substantial changes have been made throughout, particularly in relation to taxonomy but in general Chapters 1-7 have undergone relatively little revision. However, this is not true of Chapters 8-12 where the influence of the younger author is paramount. The basic idea of the book remains, namely to present fungi as living organisms profoundly affecting the lives of other kinds of living organisms, especially Man. Their study is of the greatest importance and what is more it is great fun. Many of the diagrams have been retained, but some have been redrawn and new ones added. Weare pleased to acknowledge the patience and artistic skills of Mrs Lindsay J. Wilson in producing these. Some coloured plates have also been introduced from photographs taken by H.J .H.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Growth and nutrition -- 3 Zygomycotina and Mastigomycotina -- 4 Ascomycotina -- 5 Basidiomycotina -- 6 Deuteromycotina -- 7 Dispersal in fungi -- 8 Fungal genetics -- 9 Ecology of saprotrophic fungi -- 10 Fungi as plant pathogens -- 11 Fungi as mutualistic symbionts -- 12 Fungi and human affairs -- Further reading: Books on fungi.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9781475713794
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 288 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Brain Dynamics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Introductory Remarks -- 0 What is a Generator Like? -- I. Overview -- 1 DC Potentials of the Brain -- 2 Activity of Single Neurons and Their Relationship to Normal EEG Waves and Interictal Epilepsy Potentials in Humans -- II. Psychophysiology -- 3 Determinants of CNV Amplitude -- 4 Changes of Slow Brain Potential Shifts Following Failure -- 5 Association Cortex Contributions to the Human P3 -- 6 Interactions between the DC Potential of the Brain and Slow Potential Shifts under Mental Load -- 7 The “Oddball CNV” as Indicator of Information Processing in Healthy Subjects and Patients with Panic Disorders -- 8 Lateralization of Slow Brain Potentials and Preparatory Processes -- III. Neurophysiology -- 9 The Genesis of Cortical Event-Related Potentials: Excitatory and Inhibitory Contributions -- 10 Prolonged Unstable Depression: A Modified Manifestation of Spreading Depression in Rat Hippocampus -- 11 Modulation of Glutamate Responses by Noradrenaline and GABA in Neo- and Archicortical Structures -- 12 Extracellular Changes of Aspartate, Glutamate, and Taurine in Relation to DC Changes during Complete Cerebral Ischemia and Cortical Spreading Depression -- 13 Evoked Field Potentials—Beyond Correlates of Behavior: An Approach to Determining the Neural Mechanism of Behavior -- IV. Glia and Microenvironment -- 14 Cortical Slow Potentials, Depolarization of Glial Cells, and Extracellular Potassium Concentration -- 15 Voltage- and Ligand-Gated Membrane Currents of Identified Glial Cells in the Hippocampal Slice -- 16 Contributions of Extracellular Potassium Increases to Transient Field Potentials (Review of Data) -- 17 Cornea-Negative and Cornea-Positive Slow Components of the ERG and Light-induced Extracellular Potassium Changes -- V. Biomagnetism -- 18 Magnetoencephalographic Signals and Their Registration -- 19 Neuromagnetism and Source Location -- 20 Measurement of Neuromagnetic Signals -- 21 Extracranial Slow Magnetic Field Changes during Epileptic Activity -- VI. Motor Control -- 22 DC Shifts and Event-related Potentials Associated with Workload in a Dual Task Situation -- 23 Frontomesial Activation during Spatial Bilateral Coordination: Tentative Conclusions on SMA Function -- 24 Phasic and Tonic Changes of the Mean Alpha Frequency (MAF) of the EEG during Motor Performance -- 25 Changes of CNS Activation Patterns during Motor Imagination.
    Abstract: DC-potential changes, comprising fast fluctuations and slow shifts, rep­ resent objective concomitants of neuronal processes in the brain. They can be recorded not only in animals, but also in humans under various conditions. As far as slow brain potentials are concerned, exciting results have been detected with respect to their correlation to psychophysiolog­ ical events. Although a large amount of data has been accumulated by psychophysiologists, neurophysiologists, and other scientists involved, the neurophysiological basis of these field potentials is still not clear, and remains controversial. Scientists from European countries participated in an interdisciplinary symposium in the summer of 1990, July 2 to 6, at the Friedrich Schiller University in Jena, which covered the field of slow brain potentials from the psychophysiological to the cellular level, including glial cells and microenvironment. From this conference the idea derived to present an up-to-date overview on important aspects of the field concerned. The Introductory Remarks are given to elucidate what is thought to be a "generator" of slow potentials of the brain. The large number of sources, implications of the "inverse problem" to analyze field potentials are taken into account.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489960900
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 361 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mathematics ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Engineering.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Basel : Birkhäuser Basel
    ISBN: 9783034863452
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (198 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781489967077
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 260 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9781468465518
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section I Introduction -- 1 The i386/i486 Architecture -- Section II Real-Address Mode -- 2 Programming in Real-Address Mode -- Section III Protected Mode -- 3 Memory Management -- 4 Enter and Leave Protected Mode -- 5 Page Programming -- 6 Control Transfers -- 7 Multitasking -- 8 Debugging -- 9 Input/Output -- 10 Exceptions and Interrupts -- Section IV Virtual-8086 Mode -- 11V86 Mode Programming -- Section V Appendices -- Appendix A Sample i486 Programs -- Appendix B The i386/i486 Instruction Set -- Appendix C Assembler and Linker.
    Abstract: This book gives x86 assembly language programmers a view about how to use the resources and features provided by the i386/i486 processor, the newest and most advanced microprocessor from the Intel x86 family. Because the i386/i486 processor is entirely compatible with its predecessor, the 8086/88 processor, this book concentrates on the enhanced features compared to its predecessor. We assume the reader is already familiar with the concepts of 8086/88 assembly language programming. Our goal is to show you the programming methods that apply to powerful features of the i386/i486. The i387 math coprocessor is not discussed in this book. A detailed explanation about how to use each i386/i486 instruction is not covered in this book. However, we list the complete i386/i486 instruction set in Appendix B. Organization of the Book This book is divided into sections to help readers start learning from the concepts that are similar to the 8086/8088 processor. Then, the discussion shifts to the resources and environment of the i386/i486 processor. Throughout the book, real-life program examples are used to illustrate in detail how you can use the enhanced features or functions of the processor. Chapter 1 introduces the i386/i486 architecture and its enhanced features. The discussion includes the operation mode, general registers, segment registers, system registers, and system data structures. Chapter 2 discusses the method that the i386/i486 processor uses to make itself fully compatible with the 8086/88 processor and to define the interrupt vector table address, which is different from the 8086/88 processor.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I Introduction1 The i386/i486 Architecture -- Section II Real-Address Mode -- 2 Programming in Real-Address Mode -- Section III Protected Mode -- 3 Memory Management -- 4 Enter and Leave Protected Mode -- 5 Page Programming -- 6 Control Transfers -- 7 Multitasking -- 8 Debugging -- 9 Input/Output -- 10 Exceptions and Interrupts -- Section IV Virtual-8086 Mode -- 11V86 Mode Programming -- Section V Appendices -- Appendix A Sample i486 Programs -- Appendix B The i386/i486 Instruction Set -- Appendix C Assembler and Linker.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer US | New York, NY : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9781461528623
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xvii, 659 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Plenary Papers -- Business Systems -- Complex Systems -- Critical Systems -- Cybernetics -- Educational Systems -- Environmental Systems, Social Systems, and Health Systems -- Information Systems -- Manufacturing Systems -- Strategic is and Systems Methodologies -- Theory and Concepts -- Author Index.
    Abstract: As we approach the end of the 20th century we can look back upon the achievements that have been made in a variety of human endeavours with pride. Enormous strides have been made to improve the quality of life of millions of people through the application of the scientific discoveries made during this and past centuries. The 20th century will be remembered as much for the mass exploitation of scientific discovery as for the discoveries themselves. The technological age has meant that the human being is able to contemplate activities which "defy" nature. For example, some of the work involved in the preparation of these proceedings has been done whilst travelling at over 500 miles per hour seven miles above the surface of the earth. It is not difficult to conjecture about the effect that this relatively recent technology has had upon a number of "systems". Air transportation has provided a number of benefits including such disparate examples such as enabling holidays, famine relief and the cross fertilisation of cultural practices from other lands. Equally, there have been undesirable effects such as enabling the means of mass destruction, interference in other cultures and the speedy transportation of disease. Moreover, the physical presence of the aeroplane itself represents the consumption of fossil fuels, a source of pollution and a change in the way think about life. The view expressed here is of course the view of an inhabitant of the "western world".
    Description / Table of Contents: Plenary PapersBusiness Systems -- Complex Systems -- Critical Systems -- Cybernetics -- Educational Systems -- Environmental Systems, Social Systems, and Health Systems -- Information Systems -- Manufacturing Systems -- Strategic is and Systems Methodologies -- Theory and Concepts -- Author Index.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401114929
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Edition 1
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Directory Section -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Optical Fibres & Cables -- Two: Data Section -- Section 1: Continuous Filament Yarns -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Section 2: Reinforcements for Thermosets -- Section 3: Reinforcements for Thermoplastics -- Section 4: Reinforcements for Cement & Gypsum -- Section 5: Tissues, Surfacing Veils, Mats & Fabrics -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Section 6: Filtration Materials -- Section 7: Insulation Materials -- Section 8: Glass Fibre Fabrics for Printed Circuit Boards -- Section 9: Miscellaneous Materials -- Materials for the Optical Fibre Industry -- Section 10: Fibres -- Section 11: Fibre Cables -- Section 12: Optical Fibre Cable Support Members -- Late Entries -- Index to Advertisers.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Directory SectionGlass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Optical Fibres & Cables -- Two: Data Section -- Section 1: Continuous Filament Yarns -- Glass Fibre Materials for the Composites Industry -- Section 2: Reinforcements for Thermosets -- Section 3: Reinforcements for Thermoplastics -- Section 4: Reinforcements for Cement & Gypsum -- Section 5: Tissues, Surfacing Veils, Mats & Fabrics -- Glass Fibre Materials Other Than for the Composites Industry -- Section 6: Filtration Materials -- Section 7: Insulation Materials -- Section 8: Glass Fibre Fabrics for Printed Circuit Boards -- Section 9: Miscellaneous Materials -- Materials for the Optical Fibre Industry -- Section 10: Fibres -- Section 11: Fibre Cables -- Section 12: Optical Fibre Cable Support Members -- Late Entries -- Index to Advertisers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Blackie Academic & Professional | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401129329
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xi, 332 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to the chemistry, synthesis, manufacture and characterization of epoxy resins -- 2 Curing agents for epoxy resins -- 3 The kinetics of cure and network formation -- 4 Additives and modifiers for epoxy resins -- 5 Fracture behaviour of epoxy resins -- 6 Electrical properties of epoxy resins -- 7 Epoxy resin adhesives -- 8 Composite materials -- 9 Coatings and other applications of epoxy resins.
    Abstract: Epoxy resins have been commercially available for about 45 years and now have many major industrial applications, especially where technical advantages warrant their somewhat higher costs. The chemistry of these resins is fascinating and has attracted study by many very able scientists. The technological applications of the epoxy resins are very demanding and there are many new developments each year. The aims of the present book are to present in a compact form both theoretical and practical information that will assist in the study, research and innovations in the field of epoxy resin science and technology. The literature on epoxy resins is so vast that it is not possible to be encyclopaedic and that is not the function of the present text. It is the editor's hope that the selection of topics discussed will provide an up-to-date survey. There is some overlap in the chapters but this is minimal and so each chapter is essentially self contained. As with all chemicals there are toxicological and other hazards. These are not dealt with in this text since a little knowledge can be dangerous, but material supplied can provide information regarding any safety precautions that may be necessary. However, often these precautions are not onerous and epoxy resins, or more specifically the hardeners, can be handled readily. It is hoped that this text will provide an up-to-date outline of the science and technology of epoxy resins and stimulate further research into unsolved problems and assist further technological developments.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to the chemistry, synthesis, manufacture and characterization of epoxy resins2 Curing agents for epoxy resins -- 3 The kinetics of cure and network formation -- 4 Additives and modifiers for epoxy resins -- 5 Fracture behaviour of epoxy resins -- 6 Electrical properties of epoxy resins -- 7 Epoxy resin adhesives -- 8 Composite materials -- 9 Coatings and other applications of epoxy resins.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468471151
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Conversions and Equivalents -- II. Water Chemistry -- III. Enrichment Formulations -- IV. Hatchery Systems and Methods -- V. Plumbing and Materials -- VI. Feeds and Nutrition -- VII. Aquaculture Ponds -- VIII. Chemicals and Treatments -- References.
    Abstract: As the aquaculture industry has expanded throughout the world, it has embraced the experiences of many fields of study to meet increasing technological challenges. The complexities of modern hatchery methodology, more intensive growout systems, and the application of diverse biological and physical sciences to aquatic animal husbandry have reached beyona the ability of most aquaculturists to enjoy an in-depth knowledge of all phases of the aquaculture process. More importantly, in order for tne culturist to have at hand the information necessary to make basic decisions, it requires an extensive library of textbooks and scientific literature. The Aquaculture Desk Reference serves as a concise compila­ tion of tables, graphs, conversions, formulas and design specifica­ tions useful to the aquaculture industry. It also provides examples, in a straightforward manner, of how information in tabulature can be used to derive values for specific system design and process strategies. Tables and graphs in this volume also provide back­ ground documentation and authority for further reference. The Aquaculture Desk Reference is a convenient source book that will alleviate the need for an extensive personal library to access basic information useful for practicing aquaculturists. Many thanks to Mrs. Ruth Aldrich for her assistance in the preparation of this book. My family, friends and associates also deserve my special appreciation for their encouragement and sup­ port.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Conversions and EquivalentsII. Water Chemistry -- III. Enrichment Formulations -- IV. Hatchery Systems and Methods -- V. Plumbing and Materials -- VI. Feeds and Nutrition -- VII. Aquaculture Ponds -- VIII. Chemicals and Treatments -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York : Palgrave Macmillan US
    ISBN: 9781349633470
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVIII, 169 p)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Imagining Columbus is Stavans's contribution to the literature on Columbus. 'My purpose,' says Stavans, 'is to revisit, to investigate, to play with the asymmetrical geometries of the admiral's literary adventures in the human imagination.' Arguing that writers have portrayed Columbus in three ways-as prophet or messiah, as ambitious gold-seeker, and as a conventional, rather unremarkable man-Stavans examines numerous poems, novels, short stories, dramas, and other works on Columbus in this provocative book. In Part 1, 'Mapmaking,' Stavans explores the two opposing views of the celebration of the quincentennial, and discusses the most notable biographies of Columbus, including those by Washington Irving and Samuel Eliot Morison. In Part 2, 'Lives of a Literary Character,' Stavans takes up the geographic and historical development of Columbus as a narrative figure in literature, and devotes a chapter to each of the three literary views of the admiral. Stavans includes portrayals of other writers' views on Columbus like Walt Whitman, Alejo Carpentier, James Fenimore Cooper, Friedrich Nietzsche, Nikos Kazantzakis, Rubén Darío, Michael Dorris, Louise Erdrich, among others
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9781137099075
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 200 p)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: John Jea (b. 1773) and George White (1764-c.1830) were two of the earliest African-American autobiographers, writing nearly a half-century before Frederick Douglass published his famous narrative chronicling his experiences as a slave, a freedman, and an ardent abolitionist. Jea and White represent an earlier generation of African-Americans that were born into slavery but granted their freedom shortly after American independence, in the 1780s. Both men chose to fight against slavery from the pulpit, as itinerant Methodist ministers in the North. Methodism's staunch anti-slavery stance, acceptance of African-American congregants, and widespread use of itinerant preachers enhanced black religious practices and services in the late eighteenth century and the nineteenth century. Graham Hodges' substantial introduction to the book places these two narratives into historical context, and highlights several key themes, including slavery in the North, the struggle for black freedom after the Revolution, and the rise of African-American Christianity
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468477672
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Electronics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Thermomechanics for Electronics Packaging -- 2. Thermal Expansivity and Thermal Stress in Multilayered Structures -- 3. Thermal Stresses in Anisotropic Multilayered Structures -- 4. Transient Thermal Stresses in Multilayered Devices -- 5. Temperature Dependence of Thermal Expansion of Materials for Electronics Packages -- 6. Thermal Stress Considerations in Die-Attachment -- 7. Die Stress Measurement Using Piezoresistive Stress Sensors -- 8. Analysis of the Thermal Loading on Electronics Packages by Enhanced Moiré Interferometry -- 9. Correlation of Analytical and Experimental Approaches to Determination of Thermally Induced Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Warpage -- 10. Thermal Stress-Induced Open-Circuit Failure in Microelectronics Thin-Film Metallizations -- 11. Thermal Stress and Stress-Induced Voiding in Passivated Narrow Line Metallizations on Ceramic Substrates -- 12. Predicted Bow of Plastic Packages of Integrated Circuit (IC) Devices -- 13. Thermal and Moisture Stresses in Plastic Packages -- 14. Solutions to Moisture Resistance Degradation During Solder Reflow of Plastic Surface Mount Components -- 15. Thermomechanical Fatigue of 63Sn-37Pb Solder Joints -- 16. A Prediction of the Thermal Fatigue Life of Solder Joints Using Crack Propagation Rate and Equivalent Strain Range -- 17. Microstructural Evaluation of Sn-Pb Solder and Pd-Ag Thick-Film Conductor Metallization Under Thermal Cycling and Aging Conditions -- 18. Solder Joint Reliability of Leadless Chip Carriers -- 19. Solder Creep-Fatigue Interactions with Flexible Leaded Surface Mount Components -- 20. Thermal Stress Issues in Plated-Through-Hole Reliability -- 21. Nonlinear Analysis of a Ceramic Pin Grid Array (PGA) Soldered to an Orthotropic Epoxy Substrate -- 22. Mechanics of Wirebond Interconnects -- 23. Corrosion in Microelectronics Packages -- Author Biographies.
    Abstract: Microelectronics packaging and interconnection have experienced exciting growth stimulated by the recognition that systems, not just silicon, provide the solution to evolving applications. In order to have a high density/ performance/yield/quality/reliability, low cost, and light weight system, a more precise understanding of the system behavior is required. Mechanical and thermal phenomena are among the least understood and most complex of the many phenomena encountered in microelectronics packaging systems and are found on the critical path of neatly every design and process in the electronics industry. The last decade has witnessed an explosive growth in the research and development efforts devoted to determining the mechanical and thermal behaviors of microelectronics packaging. With the advance of very large scale integration technologies, thousands to tens of thousands of devices can be fabricated on a silicon chip. At the same time, demands to further reduce packaging signal delay and increase packaging density between communicat­ ing circuits have led to the use of very high power dissipation single-chip modules and multi-chip modules. The result of these developments has been a rapid growth in module level heat flux within the personal, workstation, midrange, mainframe, and super computers. Thus, thermal (temperature, stress, and strain) management is vital for microelectronics packaging designs and analyses. How to determine the temperature distribution in the elec­ tronics components and systems is outside the scope of this book, which focuses on the determination of stress and strain distributions in the electronics packaging.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Thermomechanics for Electronics Packaging2. Thermal Expansivity and Thermal Stress in Multilayered Structures -- 3. Thermal Stresses in Anisotropic Multilayered Structures -- 4. Transient Thermal Stresses in Multilayered Devices -- 5. Temperature Dependence of Thermal Expansion of Materials for Electronics Packages -- 6. Thermal Stress Considerations in Die-Attachment -- 7. Die Stress Measurement Using Piezoresistive Stress Sensors -- 8. Analysis of the Thermal Loading on Electronics Packages by Enhanced Moiré Interferometry -- 9. Correlation of Analytical and Experimental Approaches to Determination of Thermally Induced Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Warpage -- 10. Thermal Stress-Induced Open-Circuit Failure in Microelectronics Thin-Film Metallizations -- 11. Thermal Stress and Stress-Induced Voiding in Passivated Narrow Line Metallizations on Ceramic Substrates -- 12. Predicted Bow of Plastic Packages of Integrated Circuit (IC) Devices -- 13. Thermal and Moisture Stresses in Plastic Packages -- 14. Solutions to Moisture Resistance Degradation During Solder Reflow of Plastic Surface Mount Components -- 15. Thermomechanical Fatigue of 63Sn-37Pb Solder Joints -- 16. A Prediction of the Thermal Fatigue Life of Solder Joints Using Crack Propagation Rate and Equivalent Strain Range -- 17. Microstructural Evaluation of Sn-Pb Solder and Pd-Ag Thick-Film Conductor Metallization Under Thermal Cycling and Aging Conditions -- 18. Solder Joint Reliability of Leadless Chip Carriers -- 19. Solder Creep-Fatigue Interactions with Flexible Leaded Surface Mount Components -- 20. Thermal Stress Issues in Plated-Through-Hole Reliability -- 21. Nonlinear Analysis of a Ceramic Pin Grid Array (PGA) Soldered to an Orthotropic Epoxy Substrate -- 22. Mechanics of Wirebond Interconnects -- 23. Corrosion in Microelectronics Packages -- Author Biographies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781468467963
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 359 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Advances in Neuroprotection 22
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Preclinical Ischemia Model Systems -- 1. Primary Cultures for Testing Neuroprotective Drugs -- 2. Modeling Neurodegeneration and Neuroprotection in Hippocampal Slices -- 3. Stroke Models for Preclinical Trials of Neuroprotective Agents -- 4. Animal Models of Ischemia -- 5. Head Trauma Model Systems -- 2. Neuroprotective Approaches in Stroke and Head Trauma -- 6. Excitotoxicity, Cerebral Ischemia, and Neuroprotection by Competitive NMDA Receptor Antagonists -- 7. Excitatory Amino Acids and Neuroprotection -- 8. Calcium Channel Blockers and Neuroprotection -- 9. Self-Defense of the Brain: Adenosinergic Strategies in Neurodegeneration -- 10. Gangliosides: New Generation of Neuroprotective Agents -- 11. Lazaroids: Novel Cerebroprotective Antioxidants -- 12. Membrane-Derived Lipid Second Messengers as Targets for Neuroprotection: Platelet-Activating Factor -- 13. Protection Against Oxidative Damage to CNS by ?-Phenyl-tert-butyl Nitrone and Other Spin-Trapping Agents: A Novel Series of Nonlipid Free Radical Scavengers -- 14. Insulin, Hypoglycemia, and Ischemic Neuroprotection -- 15. Temperature Modulation of Neuronal Injury -- 3. Clinical Endpoints for Neuroprotective Drugs -- 16. Clinical Trial Issues in Stroke Therapy -- 17. Excitotoxicity and Neurodegenerative Disorders.
    Abstract: SOLOMON H. SNYDER Receptor Research Reaches Neurology: Relevance to Neurodegenerative Diseases and Stroke President George Bush has heralded the 1990s as the decade of the brain, based largely on the rapid escalation of advances in the molecular neuro­ sciences and the likelihood that these will bear therapeutic fruit before the turn of the century. There is little doubt that the 1970s and 1980s have witnessed more remarkable advances in the molecular neurosciences than all of the preceding hundred years. Identification of receptor sites for drugs and neurotransmitters along with simple, sensitive, and specific means of monitoring them has made it possible to elucidate the mechanism of action for many known drugs and to identify new chemical entities as potential therapeutic agents. At the same time, the numbers of distinct neurotrans­ mitters have multiplied. Prior to 1970 only the biogenic amines were well accepted as transmitters. The early 1970s witnessed the gradual acceptance of amino acids as major excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmitters. Identification of opiate receptors and the subsequent identification of the enkephalins as their endogenous ligands led to an appreciation of peptides as putative transmitters and the accumulation of as many as a hundred neuropeptides by the decade's end. In the 1980s the revolutions of molecular biology have been applied aggressively to the neurosciences with molecular cloning for neuropeptide precursors, many important neurochemical en­ zymes, and receptors for numerous transmitters.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9781475722109
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 280 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: J ÜRGEN AscHOFF "Very bad habit! Very bad habit!" Captain Giles to Joseph Conrad who had taken a siesta. -Conrad: The Shadow Line On the Multiplicity of Rest-Activity Cycles: Some Historical and Conceptual Notes According to its title this book tries to answer the profound question of why we nap-and why Captain Giles was wrong in blaming Conrad for having napped. However, in this volume the term nap is not used in the narrower sense of an afternoon siesta; instead, emphasis is placed on the recurrent alternation between states of alertness and drowsiness, i. e. , on rest-activity cycles of high er frequency throughout the 24 hr. In view of this focus, two authors (Stampi, in Chapter I, and Ball, in Chapter 3) rightly refer to the psychologist Szymanski who was among the first to describe "polyphasic" activity patterns. Hence, I consider it appropriate to open this foreword with a few historical remarks. At the time when Szymanski (1920) made the distinction between "monophasic" and "polyphasic" rest-activity patterns and sleep-wake cy­ cles, respectively, not much was known about the mechanisms of such temporal structures. Although the botanists quite some time ago had demonstrated the endogenous nature of the "monophasic" sleep movements in plants, the hypothesis of an (still unknown) external driving force was favored by those who studied rhythms in animals and humans (Aschoff, 1990).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9783034851121
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 308 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mathematics. ; History. ; Science—History. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Mathematical Logic -- Two Algebra and Algebraic Number Theory -- Three Problems of Number Theory -- Four The Theory of Probability -- Addendum (by O. B. She?nin) -- 1. French and German Quotations -- 2. Notes -- Additional Bibliography -- Bibliography (by F.A. Medvedev) -- Abbreviations -- Index of Names.
    Abstract: This multi-authored effort, Mathematics of the nineteenth century (to be fol­ lowed by Mathematics of the twentieth century), is a sequel to the History of mathematics fram antiquity to the early nineteenth century, published in three 1 volumes from 1970 to 1972. For reasons explained below, our discussion of twentieth-century mathematics ends with the 1930s. Our general objectives are identical with those stated in the preface to the three-volume edition, i. e. , we consider the development of mathematics not simply as the process of perfecting concepts and techniques for studying real-world spatial forms and quantitative relationships but as a social process as weIl. Mathematical structures, once established, are capable of a certain degree of autonomous development. In the final analysis, however, such immanent mathematical evolution is conditioned by practical activity and is either self-directed or, as is most often the case, is determined by the needs of society. Proceeding from this premise, we intend, first, to unravel the forces that shape mathe­ matical progress. We examine the interaction of mathematics with the social structure, technology, the natural sciences, and philosophy. Throughan anal­ ysis of mathematical history proper, we hope to delineate the relationships among the various mathematical disciplines and to evaluate mathematical achievements in the light of the current state and future prospects of the science. The difficulties confronting us considerably exceeded those encountered in preparing the three-volume edition.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781489967268
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 285 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    ISBN: 9781489967541
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 158 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Supplement Encyclopedia of Neuroscience
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401123167
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xix, 460 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 The Wiggler Field and Electron Dynamics -- 3 Incoherent Undulator Radiation -- 4 Coherent Emission: Linear Theory -- 5 Coherent Emission: Nonlinear Theory -- 6 Sideband Instabilities -- 7 Coherent harmonic Radiation -- 8 Optical Guiding -- 9 OScillator Configurations -- 10 Electromagnetic-wave Wigglers -- 11 Chaos in Free-electron Lasers -- Author Index.
    Abstract: At the time that we decided to begin work on this book, several other volumes on the free-electron laser had either been published or were in press. The earliest work of which we were aware was published in 1985 by Dr T. C. Marshall of Columbia University [1]. This book dealt with the full range of research on free-electron lasers, including an overview of the extant experiments. However, the field has matured a great deal since that time and, in our judgement, the time was ripe for a more extensive work which includes the most recent advances in the field. The fundamental work in this field has largely been approached from two distinct and, unfortunately, separate viewpoints. On the one hand, free-electron lasers at sub-millimetre and longer wavelengths driven by low-energy and high-current electron beams have been pursued by the plasma physics and microwave tube communities. This work has confined itself largely to the high-gain regimes in which collective effects may play an important role. On the other hand, short-wavelength free-electron lasers in the infrared and optical regimes have been pursued by the accelerator and laser physics community. Due to the high-energy and low-current electron beams appropriate to this spectral range, these experiments have operated largely in the low-gain single-particle regimes. The most recent books published on the free-electron laser by Dr C. A.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 The Wiggler Field and Electron Dynamics -- 3 Incoherent Undulator Radiation -- 4 Coherent Emission: Linear Theory -- 5 Coherent Emission: Nonlinear Theory -- 6 Sideband Instabilities -- 7 Coherent harmonic Radiation -- 8 Optical Guiding -- 9 OScillator Configurations -- 10 Electromagnetic-wave Wigglers -- 11 Chaos in Free-electron Lasers -- Author Index.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401128582
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to Reliability and Risk Analysis -- 1.1 Historical perspective -- 1.2 Objectives of reliability and risk analyses -- 1.3 Subject areas. Modelling -- 1.4 Basic concepts -- 1.5 Planning, execution and use of reliability analysis -- 1.6 Planning, execution and use of risk analysis -- 1.7 Discussion -- 1.8 Problems -- 2 Basic Reliability and Risk Analysis Methods -- 2.1 Use of statistics -- 2.2 Failure mode and effect analysis -- 2.3 Fault tree analysis -- 2.4 Cause consequence analysis/Event tree analysis -- 2.5 Other reliability and risk analysis methods -- 2.6 Problems -- 3 Binary Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 3.1 Structural properties -- 3.2 Computing system reliability -- 3.3 Non-repairable systems -- 3.4 Repairable systems -- 3.5 Reliability importance measures -- 3.6 Dependent components -- 3.7 Problems -- 4 Multistate Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 4.1 Multistate monotone systems -- 4.2 Computing system reliability -- 4.3 A time dependent model -- 4.4 Discussion -- 4.5 Problems -- 5 Optimal Replacement Policies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General minimal repair, age replacement model -- 5.3 Block replacement model -- 5.4 On-condition replacement models -- 5.5 Problems -- 6 Safety Management -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Safety management in a company -- 6.3 Reliability management of a product -- 6.4 Problems -- 7 Some Applications -- 7.1 Risk analysis of an offshore oil and gas producing platform -- 7.2 Availability and life cycle costing in a gas project -- 7.3 Availability and life cycle costing related to a process instrumentation system -- 7.4 Discussion -- 7.5 Problems -- Appendicies -- A Probability Theory -- A.l Probabilities -- A.1.1 Probability concepts -- A.1.2 Rules for combining probabilities -- A.1.3 Conditional probabilities -- A.1.4 Independence -- A.2 Stochastic variables -- A.3 Some proofs -- A.3.1 Proof of formula (A.4) -- A.3.2 Probability calculations in event trees -- A.3.3 Proof of an error bound for the approximations (4.2) and (4.3). -- A.4 Problems -- B Stochastic Failure Models -- B.1 Non-repairable units -- B.1.1 Basic concepts -- B.1.2 Some common lifetime distributions -- B.2 Repairable units -- B.3 Binomial distribution -- B.4 Gamma function -- B.5 Problems -- C Statistical Analysis of Reliability Data -- C.1 Identification of lifetime distribution, Hazard plotting -- C.2 Estimation of parameters in lifetime distributions -- C.3 Statistical analysis of non-homogeneous Poisson processes -- C.4 Data sources -- C.5 Problems -- D Markov Models -- D.1 Introduction -- D.2 One component. No repair -- D.3 One repairable component -- D.4 Two repairable components -- D.5 Birth and death processes -- D.6 General formulation of a Markov process -- D.7 Problems -- E More on Stochastic Processes -- E.1 Renewal processes -- E.2 Renewal reward processes -- E.3 Regenerative processes -- E.4 Counting processes -- E.5 Proofs of some results in Chapters 3 and 5 -- E.5.1 Section 3.4.1 -- E.5.2 Section 3.4.2 -- E.5.3 Section 5.4 -- F An Algorithm for Calculating System Reliability -- G A Minimization Technique.
    Abstract: Analysis of reliability and risk is an important and integral part of planning, construction and operation of all technical systems. To be able to perform such analyses systematically and scientifically, there is usually a need for special methods and models. This book presents the most important of these. Particular emphasis has been placed on the ideas and the motivation for the use of the various methods and models. It has been an objective to compile a book which provides practising engineers and engineering graduates with the concepts and basic techniques for evaluating reliability and risk. It is hoped that the material presented will make them so familiar with the subject that they can carry out various types of analyses themselves and understand and make use of the more detailed applications and additional material which is available in the journals and publications associated with their own discipline. It has also been an objective to put reliability and risk analyses in context - how such analyses should be used in design and operation of components and systems. The material presented is modern and a large part of the book is at research level. The book focuses on analysis of repairable systems, not only non-repairable systems which have traditionally been given most attention in textbooks on reliability theory. Since most real-life systems are repairable, methods for analysing repairable systems are an important area of research. The book presents general methods, with most applications taken from offshore petro­ leum activities.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to Reliability and Risk Analysis1.1 Historical perspective -- 1.2 Objectives of reliability and risk analyses -- 1.3 Subject areas. Modelling -- 1.4 Basic concepts -- 1.5 Planning, execution and use of reliability analysis -- 1.6 Planning, execution and use of risk analysis -- 1.7 Discussion -- 1.8 Problems -- 2 Basic Reliability and Risk Analysis Methods -- 2.1 Use of statistics -- 2.2 Failure mode and effect analysis -- 2.3 Fault tree analysis -- 2.4 Cause consequence analysis/Event tree analysis -- 2.5 Other reliability and risk analysis methods -- 2.6 Problems -- 3 Binary Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 3.1 Structural properties -- 3.2 Computing system reliability -- 3.3 Non-repairable systems -- 3.4 Repairable systems -- 3.5 Reliability importance measures -- 3.6 Dependent components -- 3.7 Problems -- 4 Multistate Models for Analysing System Reliability -- 4.1 Multistate monotone systems -- 4.2 Computing system reliability -- 4.3 A time dependent model -- 4.4 Discussion -- 4.5 Problems -- 5 Optimal Replacement Policies -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 General minimal repair, age replacement model -- 5.3 Block replacement model -- 5.4 On-condition replacement models -- 5.5 Problems -- 6 Safety Management -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Safety management in a company -- 6.3 Reliability management of a product -- 6.4 Problems -- 7 Some Applications -- 7.1 Risk analysis of an offshore oil and gas producing platform -- 7.2 Availability and life cycle costing in a gas project -- 7.3 Availability and life cycle costing related to a process instrumentation system -- 7.4 Discussion -- 7.5 Problems -- Appendicies -- A Probability Theory -- A.l Probabilities -- A.1.1 Probability concepts -- A.1.2 Rules for combining probabilities -- A.1.3 Conditional probabilities -- A.1.4 Independence -- A.2 Stochastic variables -- A.3 Some proofs -- A.3.1 Proof of formula (A.4) -- A.3.2 Probability calculations in event trees -- A.3.3 Proof of an error bound for the approximations (4.2) and (4.3). -- A.4 Problems -- B Stochastic Failure Models -- B.1 Non-repairable units -- B.1.1 Basic concepts -- B.1.2 Some common lifetime distributions -- B.2 Repairable units -- B.3 Binomial distribution -- B.4 Gamma function -- B.5 Problems -- C Statistical Analysis of Reliability Data -- C.1 Identification of lifetime distribution, Hazard plotting -- C.2 Estimation of parameters in lifetime distributions -- C.3 Statistical analysis of non-homogeneous Poisson processes -- C.4 Data sources -- C.5 Problems -- D Markov Models -- D.1 Introduction -- D.2 One component. No repair -- D.3 One repairable component -- D.4 Two repairable components -- D.5 Birth and death processes -- D.6 General formulation of a Markov process -- D.7 Problems -- E More on Stochastic Processes -- E.1 Renewal processes -- E.2 Renewal reward processes -- E.3 Regenerative processes -- E.4 Counting processes -- E.5 Proofs of some results in Chapters 3 and 5 -- E.5.1 Section 3.4.1 -- E.5.2 Section 3.4.2 -- E.5.3 Section 5.4 -- F An Algorithm for Calculating System Reliability -- G A Minimization Technique.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9783709192603
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 192p. 103 illus) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Space physiology and space medicine are fairly recent sciences, born of the desire to launch man into space and bring him safely back again. Weightlessness and cosmic radiation - conditions which can neither be adequately simulated nor reproduced on earth - are on the other hand used as research tools for medical experiments, in particular in the fields of neurophysiology, internal medicine as well as genetics and radiation dosimetry. The newly established Austrian Society for Aerospace Medicine provides a basis for multidisciplinary approaches to spaceflight biomedical research. Diagnostic, prognostic and elective, operational and preventive measures can be fostered by activities of the Society. In October 1991 the first Austrian was launched into orbital flight and fulfilled an ambitious scientific program which was dominated by life science experiments in the areas of cardiovascular medicine, fluid-electrolyte research, neurophysiology, endocrinology, genetics, and radiation biology. The results from these experiments, presented in this book, will help to improve the management of biomedical problems in daily life
    Description / Table of Contents: Acceptance-, Qualification- and Delivery Procedures for AUSTROMIR’ 91 HardwareCountdown for AUSTROMIR -- AUDIMIR - Directional Hearing at Microgravity -- Bodyfluids -- COGIMIR - How to Measure Cognitive Functions in Space -- DOSIMIR - Radiation Measurements Inside the Soviet Space Station MIR -- Experiment MIKROVIB - Investigation of Tremors in Microgravity -- Experiment MIRGEN -- Eye, Head and Arm Coordination and Spinal Reflexes in Weightlessness - MONIMIR Experiment -- Development and Implementation of the MOTOMIR Experiment on the MIR Space Station -- OPTOVERT - Vertical Optokinetic Stimulation Used to Examine Central Orientational Processes -- Cardiovascular Monitoring in Microgravity - The experiments PULSTRANS and SLEEP -- List of First Autors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468464412
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Early Processes and Theories -- 2 Alchemy -- 3 From Alchemy to Chemistry -- 4 Phlogistic and Pneumatic Chemistry -- 5 Lavoisier and the Birth of Modern Chemistry -- 6 The Chemical Atom -- 7 Electrochemistry and the Dualistic Theory -- 8 The Foundation of Organic Chemistry -- 9 The Karlsruhe Congress and its Aftermath -- 10 Organic Chemistry since 1860 -- 11 Atomic Structure, Radiochemistry and Chemical Bonding -- 12 Inorganic Chemistry -- 13 Physical Chemistry -- 14 Analytical Chemistry -- 15 Chemistry and Society -- Appendix The Nobel Prize in Chemistry -- Name Index.
    Abstract: This book is written as a result of a personal conviction of the value of incorporating historical material into the teaching of chemistry, both at school and undergraduate level. Indeed, it is highly desirable that an undergraduate course in chemistry incorporates a separate module on the history of chemistry. This book is therefore aimed at teachers and students of chemistry, and it will also appeal to practising chemists. While the last 25 years has seen the appearance of a large number of specialist scholarly publications on the history of chemistry, there has been little written in the way of an introductory overview of the subject. This book fills that gap. It incorporates some of the results of recent research, and the text is illustrated throughout. Clearly, a book of this length has to be highly selective in its coverage, but it describes the themes and personalities which in the author's opinion have been of greatest importance in the development of the subject. The famous American historian of science, Henry Guerlac, wrote: 'It is the central business of the historian of science to reconstruct the story of the acquisition of this knowledge and the refinement of its method or methods, and-perhaps above all-to study science as a human activity and learn how it arose, how it developed and expanded, and how it has influenced or been influenced by man's material, intellectual, and even spiritual aspirations' (Guerlac, 1977). This book attempts to describe the development of chemistry in these terms.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Early Processes and Theories2 Alchemy -- 3 From Alchemy to Chemistry -- 4 Phlogistic and Pneumatic Chemistry -- 5 Lavoisier and the Birth of Modern Chemistry -- 6 The Chemical Atom -- 7 Electrochemistry and the Dualistic Theory -- 8 The Foundation of Organic Chemistry -- 9 The Karlsruhe Congress and its Aftermath -- 10 Organic Chemistry since 1860 -- 11 Atomic Structure, Radiochemistry and Chemical Bonding -- 12 Inorganic Chemistry -- 13 Physical Chemistry -- 14 Analytical Chemistry -- 15 Chemistry and Society -- Appendix The Nobel Prize in Chemistry -- Name Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Basel : Birkhäuser Basel
    ISBN: 9783034874786
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (V, 247 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The acridoid grasshoppers in general and the various species of swarm-forming locusts in particular have been among the most favoured subjects of insect physi­ ology, behaviour and ecology for many years. Several factors contribute to this popularity: their abundance in nature and their ease of culture in the laboratory, their relatively large size, and most of all, perhaps, their agricultural importance and the consequent intermittent availability of funds for their study. These factors together have inspired a large amount of experimental work, and this in tum has produced a new and often over-riding reason for working on acridoids -the huge body of available background information and know-how that has built up about these insects. This state of affairs is well seen in insect neurobiology. Only a restricted number of insect types are commonly used in this discipline, and originally most of them were selected for reasons of convenience and availability: grasshoppers, cock­ roaches, crickets, flies, bees and moths are the most important. Each of these in­ sects is the subject of the attentions of one or more major groups of neurobiolo­ gists, but neurobiological articles on acridoids probably exceed in number those on all other insects combined, at least if articles on the molecular biology of the nervous system of Drosophila are excluded.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9789401123020
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 260 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Most politicians have jumped on the conservation bandwagon, and nobody running for public office these days can afford to take an overtly anti­ environment stand. The fascination that children have for nature, the gen­ erous donations people make to conservation organizations, the votes cast for 'Green Parties,' the continuing popularity of zoos and wildlife films, and the strong sales of books about the environment all provide evidence to politicians that the general public supports the idea of conservation. Conservation has become a major issue for governments. No longer is it necessary for conservationists to campaign for getting the cause on the agenda: it is already there, at least as a talking point. The issue now is how to convert this generalized interest into real action. And among the many priorities competing for attention, how is a govern­ ment (or a private organization) to decide wh at to do first? From a very limited budget - for budgets will always be limited - what is the package of activities that is most likely to lead to the results that the public wants? lan Spellerberg attempts to address these questions which are at the he art of modern conservation action. It is relatively easy to prescribe useful activities that will benefit both the environment and the public at large.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781489967299
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 201 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9781461203650
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 247 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Engineering. ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Mathematics.
    Abstract: The Medical Almanac is a "must have" book for anyone who is fascinated by medical history and lore. It's also the perfect gift for that hard-to-please someone with an interest in medicine, or the lover of unusual information on people and events
    Description / Table of Contents: JanuaryFebruary -- March -- April -- May -- June -- July -- August -- September -- October -- November -- December.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461532729
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 302 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Base oils from petroleum -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Base oil composition -- 1.3 Products and specifications -- 1.4 Conventional base oil manufacturing methods -- 1.5 Modern catalytic processes -- 1.6 Future developments -- References -- 2 Synthetic base fluids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Polyalphaolefins -- 2.3 Alkylated aromatics -- 2.4 Polybutenes -- 2.5 Synthetic esters -- 2.6 Polyalkylene glycols -- 2.7 Phosphate esters -- References -- 3 Detergents/dispersants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Detergents -- 3.3 Dispersants -- 3.4 Other lubricants -- 3.5 Performance evaluation -- References -- Further reading -- 4 Oxidative degradation and stabilisation of mineral oil based lubricants -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Autoxidation of hydrocarbons -- 4.3 Oxidation stability of base oils -- 4.4 Inhibition of oxidative degradation of lubricants -- 4.5 Application of antioxidants -- 4.6 Future antioxidant technology -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 Viscosity index improvers and thickeners -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Overview of VI improver chemistry -- 5.3 Chemistry and manufacture of commercial VI improvers -- 5.4 Function and properties -- 5.5 Performance -- 5.6 Prognosis for future developments -- References -- 6 Miscellaneous additives -- 6.1 Friction modifiers -- 6.2 Pour point depressants -- 6.3 Demulsifiers and antifoams -- 6.4 Corrosion inhibitors -- Reference -- 7 The formulation of automotive lubricants -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 What type of lubricant is wanted? -- 7.3 Why there are so many types of lubricant -- 7.4 Multifunctional lubricants -- 7.5 Definition of lubricant performance -- 7.6 Lubricant formulation—the physical phase -- 8 Industrial lubricants -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Bearing lubricants -- 8.3 Compressor lubricants -- 8.4 Hydraulic lubricants (fluids) -- 8.5 Industrial gear lubricants -- 8.6 Turbine lubricants -- 8.7 Metalworking lubricants -- 8.8 Specialities -- References -- 9 Aviation lubricants -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Lubrication of rotary engines -- 9.3 Lubrication of conventional aircraft piston engines -- 9.4 Lubrication of aircraft turbine engines -- 9.5 Aircraft hydraulic fluids -- 9.6 Helicopter gearboxes -- 9.7 Undercarriage lubrication -- 9.8 Airframe lubrication -- 9.9 Safety aspects of aircraft lubrication -- 9.10 Space lubrication -- References -- 10 Marine lubricants -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Marine diesel engines -- 10.3 Fuel oil -- 10.4 Base oils -- 10.5 Additives -- 10.6 Properties and formulation of marine lubricants -- 10.7 System oils -- 10.8 Cylinder oils -- 10.9 Trunk piston engine oils -- 10.10 Used oil analysis -- References -- 11 Lubricating grease -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Structure and properties -- 11.3 Chemistry -- 11.4 Applications -- 11.5 Future developments -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Extreme-pressure and anti-wear additives -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Anti-wear additives -- 12.3 Extreme-pressure additives -- 12.4 Mechanisms of action of anti-wear and EP additives -- 12.5 Application of different classes of additive -- 12.6 Future developments -- References -- 13 Lubricants and their environmental impact -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Collection of waste lubricant -- 13.3 Treatment of collected lubricant -- 13.4 Re-refined base oil quality -- 13.5 Health and safety aspects of re-refined oil -- 13.6 Environmental considerations of waste lubricant -- 13.7 Environmental impact of ‘consumed’ lubricant -- 13.8 Biodegradation tests for oils -- 13.9 Future trends -- References -- Further reading.
    Abstract: The use oflubricants began in ancient times and has developed into a major international business through the need to lubricate machines of increasing complexity. The impetus for lubricant development has arisen from need, so lubricatingpractice has preceded an understanding ofthe scientific principles. This is not surprising as the scientific basis of the technology is, by nature, highly complex and interdisciplinary. However, we believe that the under­ standing of lubricant phenomena will continue to be developed at a mol­ ecular level to meet future challenges. These challenges will include the control of emissions from internal combustion engines, the reduction of friction and wear in machinery, and continuing improvements to lubricant performanceand life-time. More recently, there has been an increased understanding of the chemical aspects of lubrication, which has complemented the knowledge and under­ standing gained through studies dealing with physics and engineering. This book aims to bring together this chemical information and present it in a practical way. It is written by chemists who are authorities in the various specialisations within the lubricating industry, and is intended to be of interest to chemists who may already be working in the lubricating industry or in academia, and who are seeking a chemist's view of lubrication. It will also be of benefit to engineers and technologists familiar with the industry who require a more fundamental understanding oflubricants.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Base oils from petroleum1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Base oil composition -- 1.3 Products and specifications -- 1.4 Conventional base oil manufacturing methods -- 1.5 Modern catalytic processes -- 1.6 Future developments -- References -- 2 Synthetic base fluids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Polyalphaolefins -- 2.3 Alkylated aromatics -- 2.4 Polybutenes -- 2.5 Synthetic esters -- 2.6 Polyalkylene glycols -- 2.7 Phosphate esters -- References -- 3 Detergents/dispersants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Detergents -- 3.3 Dispersants -- 3.4 Other lubricants -- 3.5 Performance evaluation -- References -- Further reading -- 4 Oxidative degradation and stabilisation of mineral oil based lubricants -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Autoxidation of hydrocarbons -- 4.3 Oxidation stability of base oils -- 4.4 Inhibition of oxidative degradation of lubricants -- 4.5 Application of antioxidants -- 4.6 Future antioxidant technology -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 Viscosity index improvers and thickeners -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Overview of VI improver chemistry -- 5.3 Chemistry and manufacture of commercial VI improvers -- 5.4 Function and properties -- 5.5 Performance -- 5.6 Prognosis for future developments -- References -- 6 Miscellaneous additives -- 6.1 Friction modifiers -- 6.2 Pour point depressants -- 6.3 Demulsifiers and antifoams -- 6.4 Corrosion inhibitors -- Reference -- 7 The formulation of automotive lubricants -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 What type of lubricant is wanted? -- 7.3 Why there are so many types of lubricant -- 7.4 Multifunctional lubricants -- 7.5 Definition of lubricant performance -- 7.6 Lubricant formulation-the physical phase -- 8 Industrial lubricants -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Bearing lubricants -- 8.3 Compressor lubricants -- 8.4 Hydraulic lubricants (fluids) -- 8.5 Industrial gear lubricants -- 8.6 Turbine lubricants -- 8.7 Metalworking lubricants -- 8.8 Specialities -- References -- 9 Aviation lubricants -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Lubrication of rotary engines -- 9.3 Lubrication of conventional aircraft piston engines -- 9.4 Lubrication of aircraft turbine engines -- 9.5 Aircraft hydraulic fluids -- 9.6 Helicopter gearboxes -- 9.7 Undercarriage lubrication -- 9.8 Airframe lubrication -- 9.9 Safety aspects of aircraft lubrication -- 9.10 Space lubrication -- References -- 10 Marine lubricants -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Marine diesel engines -- 10.3 Fuel oil -- 10.4 Base oils -- 10.5 Additives -- 10.6 Properties and formulation of marine lubricants -- 10.7 System oils -- 10.8 Cylinder oils -- 10.9 Trunk piston engine oils -- 10.10 Used oil analysis -- References -- 11 Lubricating grease -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Structure and properties -- 11.3 Chemistry -- 11.4 Applications -- 11.5 Future developments -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Extreme-pressure and anti-wear additives -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Anti-wear additives -- 12.3 Extreme-pressure additives -- 12.4 Mechanisms of action of anti-wear and EP additives -- 12.5 Application of different classes of additive -- 12.6 Future developments -- References -- 13 Lubricants and their environmental impact -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Collection of waste lubricant -- 13.3 Treatment of collected lubricant -- 13.4 Re-refined base oil quality -- 13.5 Health and safety aspects of re-refined oil -- 13.6 Environmental considerations of waste lubricant -- 13.7 Environmental impact of ‘consumed’ lubricant -- 13.8 Biodegradation tests for oils -- 13.9 Future trends -- References -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122948
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 255 p) , online resource
    Edition: Sixth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Systems of units -- The Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- A. Fundamental physical constants -- B. Standardization committees and conferences -- C. Tables of weights and measures -- D. Conversion tables -- E. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    Abstract: units have been included. References, which now number approximately 650, have been brought up to date. The most recently accepted values of the physical constants have been provided. Our thanks go to all those who, since the fifth edition, have helped in this revision by suggestions. In particular the authors express their gratitude to Jane M. Jerrard who, with enthusiasm, put the text into a computer and eliminated the editorial scissors and paste and simplified the onerous and long task of producing a text from the fragmented material of the revision. In the preface to the fifth edition it was suggested that the book provided at that time the most complete and up-to-date information of its kind available. The authors again make the same claim for this sixth edition. H. G. JERRARD D. B. McNEILL Warsash Newtownards Southampton Northern Ireland England Preface to the first edition The intense specialization that occurs in science today has meant that scientists working in one field are often not familiar with the nomenclature used by their colleagues in other fields. This is particularly so in physics. This dictionary is designed to help overcome this difficulty by giving information about the units, dimensionless numbers and scales which have been used, or are still being used, throughout the world. Some four hundred entries are provided and these are supplemented by about five hundred references. The definition of each entry is given together with relevant historical facts.
    Description / Table of Contents: Systems of unitsThe Dictionary A-Z -- Appendices -- A. Fundamental physical constants -- B. Standardization committees and conferences -- C. Tables of weights and measures -- D. Conversion tables -- E. Conversion factors for SI and CGS units -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401129206
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 309 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Environmental Management Series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Descriptive Statistical Techniques -- 2 Environmetric Methods of Nonstationary Time-Series Analysis: Univaraute Methods -- 3 Regression and Correlation -- 4 Factor and Correlation Analysis of Multivariate Environmental Data -- 5 Errors and Detection Limits -- 6 Visual Representation of Data Including Graphical Exploratory Data Analysis -- 7 Quality Assurance for Environmental Assessment Activities.
    Abstract: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERIES The current expansion of both public and scientific interest in environ­ mental issues has not been accompanied by a commensurate production of adequate books, and those which are available are widely variable in approach and depth. The Environmental Management Series has been established with a view to co-ordinating a series of volumes dealing with each topic within the field in some depth. It is hoped that this Series will provide a uniform and quality coverage and that, over a period of years, it will build up to form a library of reference books covering most of the major topics within this diverse field. It is envisaged that the books will be of single, or dual authorship, or edited volumes as appropriate for respective topics. The level of presentation will be advanced, the books being aimed primarily at a research/consultancy readership. The coverage will include all aspects of environmental science and engineering pertinent to manage­ ment and monitoring of the natural and man-modified environment, as well as topics dealing with the political. t:conomic, legal and social con­ siderations pertaining to environmental management.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Descriptive Statistical Techniques2 Environmetric Methods of Nonstationary Time-Series Analysis: Univaraute Methods -- 3 Regression and Correlation -- 4 Factor and Correlation Analysis of Multivariate Environmental Data -- 5 Errors and Detection Limits -- 6 Visual Representation of Data Including Graphical Exploratory Data Analysis -- 7 Quality Assurance for Environmental Assessment Activities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401130820
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 327 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. What is eutrophication? -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition and origin of the term eutrophication -- 1.3 Links between eutrophication, biological changes and productivity in lakes -- 1.4 Eutrophication as a natural part of lake succession -- 1.5 Extent of artificial eutrophication -- 1.6 Eutrophication in rivers, estuaries and coastal waters -- 1.7 Measurement of eutrophication -- 2. The nutrients causing eutrophication, and their sources -- 2.1 The requirements of living cells for survival and growth -- 2.2 The important limiting nutrients -- 2.3 The supply of nitrogen and phosphorus to lakes -- 2.4 Relative importance of diffuse and point sources in catchments -- 2.5 Global aspects of nutrient runoff -- 2.6 Methods for estimating the magnitude of nutrient losses from catchments -- 3. The biochemical manifestations of eutrophication -- 3.1 The components of nutrient cycles in aquatic systems -- 3.2 The ultimate sinks of inflowing nitrogen and phosphorus -- 3.3 Changes in the cycles which occur as a consequence of enhanced nutrient inputs -- 3.4 The importance of the littoral zone in nutrient cycles -- 3.5 Seasonal patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus cycles in lakes -- 3.6 Important features of nutrient transformations in rivers and estuaries -- 4. The biological effects of eutrophication -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Production and species changes of algae and rnacrophytes -- 4.3 Effects of eutrophication upon rnacrophytes and attached algae -- 4.4 Production and species changes in zooplankton -- 4.5 Production and species changes of zoobenthos -- 4.6 Effects of eutrophication on fish and other vertebrates -- 4.7 Aquatic food-web considerations -- 4.8 Wider implications for wildlife and conservation -- 5. The engineering, economic and social effects of eutrophication -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Water supply -- 5.3 Fisheries management -- 5.4 Land drainage and weed control in rivers -- 5.5 Wildlife conservation -- 5.6 Public health hazards and nuisances -- 5.7 Other recreational aspects -- 6. Prediction and modelling of the causes and effects of eutrophication -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Experimental approaches to measures of eutrophication effects -- 6.3 The application of models in eutrophication assessment and prediction -- 6.4 Caution in the use of regression equations -- 6.5 Lake classification based on correlations and large data sets -- 6.6 Other lake classification indices -- 6.7 Dynamic models of lake ecosystems -- 6.8 Prediction without models -- 7. The reduction of causes and the management of effects of eutrophication -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reduction of nutrient inputs to lakes -- 7.3 Evaluation of nutrient control measures -- 7.4 Control of nutrient concentrations within lakes -- 7.5 Management of lakes without nutrient reduction -- 8. A case study in restoration: shallow eutrophic lakes in the Norfolk Broads -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Historical perspective -- 8.3 Eutrophication of the Broads -- 8.4 Mechanisms of change -- 8.5 Effects of change -- 8.6 Restoration of Broadland -- 8.7 Lake sediment as a source of phosphorus -- 8.8 Changes in the storage of phosphorus in lake sediment following phosphorus control -- 8.9 Biological response to reduced nutrient loading -- 8.10 Nutrient reduction by isolation -- 8.11 Sediment removal and lake isolation -- 8.12 Biomanipulation as a restoration technique -- 8.13 The restoration of Broadland in the context of two stable communities -- References.
    Abstract: Eutrophication is a problem which became widely recognised by the scientific community in the 1940s and 1950s. It raised public concern, resulting in increased research effort and expenditure on management techniques through the 1960s and 1970s, recognised as a distinct problem of water pollution, though linked with the more gross effects of organic pollution. In the 1980s it became less fashionable - replaced in the public's eye and the politician's purse by newer problems such as acid rain. It remains however, one of the biggest and most widespread problems of fresh waters, particularly of lakes and an increasing problem for estuaries and coastal waters. It is one with which almost all water scientists and engineers in urbanised areas of the world have to cope. Technical methods for the reversal of eutrophication, such as nutrient removal, have been developed and applied successfully in some instances. They are not widespread however, and where they are feasible, they are often expensive and may be politically difficult to implement. In the last decade, attention has focussed upon less expensive lake manipula­ tion techniques, such as destratification and biomanipulation, which aim to minimise rather than elimininate the detrimental effects of eutrophication. These are becoming more widely applied. Prediction of the potential problems in lakes and catchments which have not yet suffered the full effects of eutrophication is now accurate enough to be of direct benefit to river basin management.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. What is eutrophication?1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Definition and origin of the term eutrophication -- 1.3 Links between eutrophication, biological changes and productivity in lakes -- 1.4 Eutrophication as a natural part of lake succession -- 1.5 Extent of artificial eutrophication -- 1.6 Eutrophication in rivers, estuaries and coastal waters -- 1.7 Measurement of eutrophication -- 2. The nutrients causing eutrophication, and their sources -- 2.1 The requirements of living cells for survival and growth -- 2.2 The important limiting nutrients -- 2.3 The supply of nitrogen and phosphorus to lakes -- 2.4 Relative importance of diffuse and point sources in catchments -- 2.5 Global aspects of nutrient runoff -- 2.6 Methods for estimating the magnitude of nutrient losses from catchments -- 3. The biochemical manifestations of eutrophication -- 3.1 The components of nutrient cycles in aquatic systems -- 3.2 The ultimate sinks of inflowing nitrogen and phosphorus -- 3.3 Changes in the cycles which occur as a consequence of enhanced nutrient inputs -- 3.4 The importance of the littoral zone in nutrient cycles -- 3.5 Seasonal patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus cycles in lakes -- 3.6 Important features of nutrient transformations in rivers and estuaries -- 4. The biological effects of eutrophication -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Production and species changes of algae and rnacrophytes -- 4.3 Effects of eutrophication upon rnacrophytes and attached algae -- 4.4 Production and species changes in zooplankton -- 4.5 Production and species changes of zoobenthos -- 4.6 Effects of eutrophication on fish and other vertebrates -- 4.7 Aquatic food-web considerations -- 4.8 Wider implications for wildlife and conservation -- 5. The engineering, economic and social effects of eutrophication -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Water supply -- 5.3 Fisheries management -- 5.4 Land drainage and weed control in rivers -- 5.5 Wildlife conservation -- 5.6 Public health hazards and nuisances -- 5.7 Other recreational aspects -- 6. Prediction and modelling of the causes and effects of eutrophication -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Experimental approaches to measures of eutrophication effects -- 6.3 The application of models in eutrophication assessment and prediction -- 6.4 Caution in the use of regression equations -- 6.5 Lake classification based on correlations and large data sets -- 6.6 Other lake classification indices -- 6.7 Dynamic models of lake ecosystems -- 6.8 Prediction without models -- 7. The reduction of causes and the management of effects of eutrophication -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Reduction of nutrient inputs to lakes -- 7.3 Evaluation of nutrient control measures -- 7.4 Control of nutrient concentrations within lakes -- 7.5 Management of lakes without nutrient reduction -- 8. A case study in restoration: shallow eutrophic lakes in the Norfolk Broads -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Historical perspective -- 8.3 Eutrophication of the Broads -- 8.4 Mechanisms of change -- 8.5 Effects of change -- 8.6 Restoration of Broadland -- 8.7 Lake sediment as a source of phosphorus -- 8.8 Changes in the storage of phosphorus in lake sediment following phosphorus control -- 8.9 Biological response to reduced nutrient loading -- 8.10 Nutrient reduction by isolation -- 8.11 Sediment removal and lake isolation -- 8.12 Biomanipulation as a restoration technique -- 8.13 The restoration of Broadland in the context of two stable communities -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461535300
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 345 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 About Physical Optics -- 1.2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- 1.3 Overview of the Following Chapters -- References -- Problems -- 2 Maxwell’s Equations and Plane Wave Propagation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Some Preliminaries -- 2.3 Monochromatic Plane Waves -- 2.4 Polychromatic Plane Waves -- 2.5 Propagation in Polarizing Optical Systems -- 2.6 Striated Media -- References -- Problems -- 3 Material Polarization and Dispersion -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Complexity in the Microscopic World -- 3.3 A Derivation of the Lorentz-Lorenz Relation -- 3.4 The Spring Model of Matter -- 3.5 Wave Propagation in Dispersive Media -- 3.6 Macroscopic Models of More Exotic Effects -- References -- Problems -- 4 Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Microscopic Basis for the Existence of an Index Tensor -- 4.3 Fresnel’s and the Index Ellipsoids -- 4.4 The Normal Surface and the Ray Surface -- 4.5 Some Propagation Effects in Crystals -- 4.6 Some Polarization Devices -- References -- Problems -- 5 Geometrical Optics -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The WKB Approximation as it Relates to Geometrical Optics -- 5.3 The Eikonal Equation -- 5.4 Energy Flow and Radiometry -- 5.5 Paraxial Ray Optics -- 5.6 About Optical Instruments -- 5.7 Phase Space and Liouville’s Theorem -- References -- Problems -- 6 Interferenee -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Michelson Interferometer -- 6.3 Other Interferometers -- 6.4 The Fabry-Perot Interferometer -- 6.5 Young’s Interferometer and Spatial Coherence -- 6.6 Hanbury-Brown and Twiss Interferometer -- References -- Problems -- 7 Diffraetion -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Green’s Theorem and Scalar Diffraction -- 7.3 Rayleigh-Sommerfeld Theory -- 7.4 Van Cittert-Zemicke Theorem -- 7.5 Diffraction Gratings and Spectrometers -- References -- Problems.
    Abstract: This present text has emerged from the lecture notes for a one semester, first year, graduate level course which has been offered yearly since fall 1985 here in the Electrical and Computer Engineering Department at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Enrollment in the course, however, has not been limited to first year graduate electrical engineering students, but has included seniors, as well as more advanced students, from a variety of disciplines including other areas of engineering and physics. Although other Physical Optics texts exist, the most up-to-date ones are written primarily for undergraduate courses. As is discussed in slightly more depth in the introduction in the beginning of Chap­ ter 1, up-to-dateness is important in a Physical Optics text, as even classical optics has been greatly rejuvenated by the events of the last 30 years, since the demonstration of the laser. The perception of this author is that the needs of a graduate level text are quite different from that of an undergraduate text. At the undergraduate level, one is generally pleased if the student can qualitatively grasp a portion of the concepts presented and have some recollection of where to look them up if need be later in his/her career. A deeper insight is necessary at the graduate level and is generally developed through qualitative analysis of the problems within the subject area.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 About Physical Optics -- 1.2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- 1.3 Overview of the Following Chapters -- References -- Problems -- 2 Maxwell’s Equations and Plane Wave Propagation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Some Preliminaries -- 2.3 Monochromatic Plane Waves -- 2.4 Polychromatic Plane Waves -- 2.5 Propagation in Polarizing Optical Systems -- 2.6 Striated Media -- References -- Problems -- 3 Material Polarization and Dispersion -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Complexity in the Microscopic World -- 3.3 A Derivation of the Lorentz-Lorenz Relation -- 3.4 The Spring Model of Matter -- 3.5 Wave Propagation in Dispersive Media -- 3.6 Macroscopic Models of More Exotic Effects -- References -- Problems -- 4 Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Microscopic Basis for the Existence of an Index Tensor -- 4.3 Fresnel’s and the Index Ellipsoids -- 4.4 The Normal Surface and the Ray Surface -- 4.5 Some Propagation Effects in Crystals -- 4.6 Some Polarization Devices -- References -- Problems -- 5 Geometrical Optics -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The WKB Approximation as it Relates to Geometrical Optics -- 5.3 The Eikonal Equation -- 5.4 Energy Flow and Radiometry -- 5.5 Paraxial Ray Optics -- 5.6 About Optical Instruments -- 5.7 Phase Space and Liouville’s Theorem -- References -- Problems -- 6 Interferenee -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Michelson Interferometer -- 6.3 Other Interferometers -- 6.4 The Fabry-Perot Interferometer -- 6.5 Young’s Interferometer and Spatial Coherence -- 6.6 Hanbury-Brown and Twiss Interferometer -- References -- Problems -- 7 Diffraetion -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Green’s Theorem and Scalar Diffraction -- 7.3 Rayleigh-Sommerfeld Theory -- 7.4 Van Cittert-Zemicke Theorem -- 7.5 Diffraction Gratings and Spectrometers -- References -- Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461534846
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 171 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Introduction to Total Quality Management (TQM) -- 1 — Total Quality Management — worldwide effect -- 2 — The management methodology -- 3 — TQM principles -- Two Implementation of TQM -- 4 — The executive/management role -- 5 — TQM structure and top-down requirements -- 6 — Quality policy -- 7 — Measurement -- 8 — Quality improvement teams -- 9 — Education and training -- 10 — Involvement and commitment -- 11 — Supplier strategy -- 12 — Time to market -- 13 — Organizational design -- 14 — Summary -- Three Tools and Techniques for TQM.
    Abstract: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (TQM) - A COMPETITIVE EDGE In the context of the European and Western manufacturing challenge being set by the 'Far Eastern Machine', it is of critical importance that manufacturing competitiveness is improved in Western companies. The ability to export successfully is becoming even more critical to the economic well-being of developed countries worldwide. The Japanese domination of the motor cycle and domestic consumer markets has had a significant impact on the balance of payments in Western Europe and the USA. All the signs are that Japanese companies are ready and able to enter other markets aggressively, through takeovers, acquisitions and off-shore manufacturing facilities. In Western Europe, the creation of the 'Single Market' in 1992 has provided major opportunities for companies to increase their market share. Unfortunately, many companies in the West have shown an inability to succeed even in their market when faced with tough, well-organized opposition, such as that from the Far East. There is very little time left for Western companies to catch up - the challenge is becoming more fiercely competitive daily. The time to improve competitive edge may be too late for many companies, as the European frontiers are dismantled and the Japanese companies continue to build off-shore plants in Europe. For example, it is a fact that companies are increasingly x PREFACE being forced to achieve world class manufacturing capability in order to compete and, in many cases, survive.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Introduction to Total Quality Management (TQM)1 - Total Quality Management - worldwide effect -- 2 - The management methodology -- 3 - TQM principles -- Two Implementation of TQM -- 4 - The executive/management role -- 5 - TQM structure and top-down requirements -- 6 - Quality policy -- 7 - Measurement -- 8 - Quality improvement teams -- 9 - Education and training -- 10 - Involvement and commitment -- 11 - Supplier strategy -- 12 - Time to market -- 13 - Organizational design -- 14 - Summary -- Three Tools and Techniques for TQM.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123648
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 398 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 History and development of probiotics -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History -- 1.3 Composition of probiotic preparations -- References -- 2 Bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for studying bacterial interactions -- 2.3 Main types of bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.3 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Metabolic interactions in the gut -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mammalian intestinal metabolism -- 3.3 Gut bacterial metabolism -- 3.4 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Translocation and the indigenous gut flora -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Defence against bacterial translocation -- 4.3 Bacterial translocation in animal models with multiple deficiencies in host defences -- 4.4 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Gut flora and disease resistance -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Colonization resistance -- 5.3 Suppression of the multiplication of pathogens by the intestinal microflora -- 5.4 Mechanisms responsible for suppression of pathogens -- 5.5 Conclusions -- 5.6 The probiotic concept -- References -- 6 Factors affecting the microecology of the gut -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definitions -- 6.3 Use of one or a limited number of bacterial strains in probiotic preparations -- 6.4 Ecological considerations -- 6.5 Recommendations for future developments -- References -- 7 Probiotics and the immune state -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of orally administered lactic acid bacteria on immunity: non-specific and specific immune response -- 7.3 Effect of oral administration on the secretory immune system -- 7.4 Effect on the protection against enteric infections -- References -- 8 Genetit manipulation of gut microorganisms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Microbes of potential interest -- 8.3 Molecular genetical studies -- 8.4 Stability of genetic determinants -- 8.5 Possible developments -- 8.6 Release of genetically modified microbes -- 8.7 Conclusions -- References -- 9 Selection of strains for probiotic use -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Aim of this chapter -- 9.3 First steps in the choice of microbial strains -- 9.4 Species and viability of probiotic microorganisms -- 9.5 Processing of viable microorganisms to end-products -- 9.6 Resistance to in vivo conditions -- 9.7 Adherence and colonization -- 9.8 Antimicrobial activity -- 9.9 Gene technology -- 9.10 Conclusion -- References -- 10 Probiotics for chickens -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 The normal intestinal flora of poultry -- 10.3 Host—microbial flora interactions -- 10.4 The application of probiosis to poultry -- 10.5 Lactic acid bacteria as probiotics -- 10.6 Competitive exclusion -- 10.7 Immunity -- 10.8 Bacteriophages -- 10.9 Summary -- References -- 11 Probiotics for pigs -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Special features of pigs relevant to the use of probiotics -- 11.3 Current use of probiotics -- 11.4 Efficacy -- 11.5 Functional characteristics of potential probiotic strains -- 11.6 General discussion -- References -- 12 Probiotics for ruminants -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Probiotics for young ruminants -- 12.3 Fungal feed additives for adult ruminants -- 12.4 Bacterial probiotics for adult ruminants -- 12.5 Future developments -- References -- 13 Probiotics for humans -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Colonization of the gastrointestinal tract -- 13.3 Current use of probiotics -- 13.4 Nutritional benefits of probiotics -- 13.5 Therapeutic benefits of probiotics -- 13.6 More recent developments in the area of probiotics and health -- 13.7 Properties required for probiotics to be effective in nutritional and therapeutic settings -- 13.8 Future development of probiotics for human use -- 13.9 Future applications of probiotics -- 13.10 Techniques for probiotic modification -- References -- 14 Problems and prospects -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Factors affecting the probiotic response -- 14.3 Future developments -- 14.4 Summary -- References.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 History and development of probiotics1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 History -- 1.3 Composition of probiotic preparations -- References -- 2 Bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Methods for studying bacterial interactions -- 2.3 Main types of bacterial interactions in the gut -- 2.3 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Metabolic interactions in the gut -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Mammalian intestinal metabolism -- 3.3 Gut bacterial metabolism -- 3.4 Conclusions -- References -- 4 Translocation and the indigenous gut flora -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Defence against bacterial translocation -- 4.3 Bacterial translocation in animal models with multiple deficiencies in host defences -- 4.4 Conclusion -- References -- 5 Gut flora and disease resistance -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Colonization resistance -- 5.3 Suppression of the multiplication of pathogens by the intestinal microflora -- 5.4 Mechanisms responsible for suppression of pathogens -- 5.5 Conclusions -- 5.6 The probiotic concept -- References -- 6 Factors affecting the microecology of the gut -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Definitions -- 6.3 Use of one or a limited number of bacterial strains in probiotic preparations -- 6.4 Ecological considerations -- 6.5 Recommendations for future developments -- References -- 7 Probiotics and the immune state -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Effect of orally administered lactic acid bacteria on immunity: non-specific and specific immune response -- 7.3 Effect of oral administration on the secretory immune system -- 7.4 Effect on the protection against enteric infections -- References -- 8 Genetit manipulation of gut microorganisms -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Microbes of potential interest -- 8.3 Molecular genetical studies -- 8.4 Stability of genetic determinants -- 8.5 Possible developments -- 8.6 Release of genetically modified microbes -- 8.7 Conclusions -- References -- 9 Selection of strains for probiotic use -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Aim of this chapter -- 9.3 First steps in the choice of microbial strains -- 9.4 Species and viability of probiotic microorganisms -- 9.5 Processing of viable microorganisms to end-products -- 9.6 Resistance to in vivo conditions -- 9.7 Adherence and colonization -- 9.8 Antimicrobial activity -- 9.9 Gene technology -- 9.10 Conclusion -- References -- 10 Probiotics for chickens -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 The normal intestinal flora of poultry -- 10.3 Host-microbial flora interactions -- 10.4 The application of probiosis to poultry -- 10.5 Lactic acid bacteria as probiotics -- 10.6 Competitive exclusion -- 10.7 Immunity -- 10.8 Bacteriophages -- 10.9 Summary -- References -- 11 Probiotics for pigs -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Special features of pigs relevant to the use of probiotics -- 11.3 Current use of probiotics -- 11.4 Efficacy -- 11.5 Functional characteristics of potential probiotic strains -- 11.6 General discussion -- References -- 12 Probiotics for ruminants -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Probiotics for young ruminants -- 12.3 Fungal feed additives for adult ruminants -- 12.4 Bacterial probiotics for adult ruminants -- 12.5 Future developments -- References -- 13 Probiotics for humans -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Colonization of the gastrointestinal tract -- 13.3 Current use of probiotics -- 13.4 Nutritional benefits of probiotics -- 13.5 Therapeutic benefits of probiotics -- 13.6 More recent developments in the area of probiotics and health -- 13.7 Properties required for probiotics to be effective in nutritional and therapeutic settings -- 13.8 Future development of probiotics for human use -- 13.9 Future applications of probiotics -- 13.10 Techniques for probiotic modification -- References -- 14 Problems and prospects -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Factors affecting the probiotic response -- 14.3 Future developments -- 14.4 Summary -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131209
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xii, 240 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 A simple factorial grazing experiment measured on 27 occasions -- 3 A 3 × 3 factorial with quantitative levels -- 4 Definable within-individual comparisons -- 5 Covariance -- 6 Pre-treatment observations in the design of experiments -- 7 Weighted regression, goodness-of-fit and related topics -- 8 Environmental variables -- 9 Correlation between series of random variables -- 10 Response (reaction) times -- Bibliographical note.
    Abstract: There are many excellent books on general statistical methods in agricul­ tural and biological research. These books cover a broad range of methods without going into detail on specialized topics. A number of topics including regression analysis, design of experiments, biological assay and categorical analysis have received in-depth treatment in specialized texts. Little appears in standard textbooks on experiments in which observations form sequences. The live weights of animals during a long-term experiment provide a familiar example of data forming a sequence, but many others occur: for example, moisture content of segments of soil cores, successive counts of insects in an orchard and hormone levels in blood over a period. Correla­ tions are likely to be found among the observations in all these examples. The book by Goldstein (1979) provided the first systematic coverage of the principles involved in longitudinal studies, but is mainly concerned with observational studies on humans. The main aims of this book are to provide research workers with methods of analysing data from comparative experiments with sequential obser­ vations and to demonstrate special features of the design of such experi­ ments. These aims are achieved by working through sets of data.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 A simple factorial grazing experiment measured on 27 occasions -- 3 A 3 × 3 factorial with quantitative levels -- 4 Definable within-individual comparisons -- 5 Covariance -- 6 Pre-treatment observations in the design of experiments -- 7 Weighted regression, goodness-of-fit and related topics -- 8 Environmental variables -- 9 Correlation between series of random variables -- 10 Response (reaction) times -- Bibliographical note.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122863
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Índice -- Parte I: El Estado de Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 1: Contaminación atmosférica -- Capítulo 2: Agotamiento del ozono -- Capítulo 3: Cambios climáticos -- Capítulo 4: Contaminación marina -- Capítulo 5: Recursos de agua dulce y calidad del agua -- Capítulo 6: Degradación de la tierra y desertificación -- Capítulo 7: Deforestación y degradación de los bosques -- Capítulo 8: Pérdida de diversidad biológica -- Capítulo 9: Peligros ambientales -- Capítulo 10: Productos químicos tóxicos y desechos peligrosos -- Parte II: Actividades de Desarrollo y Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 11: Agricultura y producción alimentaria -- Capítulo 12: Industria -- Capítulo 13: Producción y uso de energia -- Capítulo 14: Transporte -- Capítulo 15: Turismo -- Parte III: Condiciones de Vida y Bienestar Humano -- Capítulo 16: Crecimiento demográfico y desarrollo humano -- Capítulo 17: Asentamientos humanos -- Capítulo 18: Salud humana -- Capítulo 19: Paz, seguridad y medio ambiente -- Parte IV: Percepciones, Actitudes y Medidas Adoptadas -- Capítulo 20: Percepciones y actitudes -- Capítulo 21: Medidas adoptadas -- Parte V: Problemas Planteados y Medidas Prioritarias -- Capítulo 22: Problemas planteados y medidas prioritarias -- Referencias.
    Description / Table of Contents: ÍndiceParte I: El Estado de Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 1: Contaminación atmosférica -- Capítulo 2: Agotamiento del ozono -- Capítulo 3: Cambios climáticos -- Capítulo 4: Contaminación marina -- Capítulo 5: Recursos de agua dulce y calidad del agua -- Capítulo 6: Degradación de la tierra y desertificación -- Capítulo 7: Deforestación y degradación de los bosques -- Capítulo 8: Pérdida de diversidad biológica -- Capítulo 9: Peligros ambientales -- Capítulo 10: Productos químicos tóxicos y desechos peligrosos -- Parte II: Actividades de Desarrollo y Medio Ambiente -- Capítulo 11: Agricultura y producción alimentaria -- Capítulo 12: Industria -- Capítulo 13: Producción y uso de energia -- Capítulo 14: Transporte -- Capítulo 15: Turismo -- Parte III: Condiciones de Vida y Bienestar Humano -- Capítulo 16: Crecimiento demográfico y desarrollo humano -- Capítulo 17: Asentamientos humanos -- Capítulo 18: Salud humana -- Capítulo 19: Paz, seguridad y medio ambiente -- Parte IV: Percepciones, Actitudes y Medidas Adoptadas -- Capítulo 20: Percepciones y actitudes -- Capítulo 21: Medidas adoptadas -- Parte V: Problemas Planteados y Medidas Prioritarias -- Capítulo 22: Problemas planteados y medidas prioritarias -- Referencias.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123068
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 224 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Mars in the Solar System -- 1.1 The orbit and movements of Mars -- 1.2 Dimensions and mass -- 1.3 The Martian seasons -- 1.4 The pattern of discovery -- 1.5 Albedo markings -- 2 Spacecraft Exploration Of The Red Planet -- 2.1 Early Mars missions -- 2.2 Mariner 9 -- 2.3 Soviet Mars exploration -- 2.4 The Viking missions -- 2.5 The Soviet Phobos mission -- 3 The Present Face of Mars -- 3.1 The topography of Mars -- 3.2 Physiographic provinces -- 3.3 Thermal inertia mapping -- 3.4 The stratigraphy of Mars -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 The Atmosphere and Weather -- 4.1 The composition of the atmosphere -- 4.2 Atmospheric pressure variations -- 4.3 Isotopic abundances in the atmosphere -- 4.4 Atmospheric circulation pattern -- 4.5 Clouds -- 5 The Interior of Mars -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The figure and gravity of Mars -- 5.3 Internal density profile -- 5.4 Composition of the interior -- 5.5 Differentiation of the Martian crust -- 6 The Ancient Cratered Terrain -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Martian cratering record -- 6.3 Martian impact basins -- 6.4 Morphology of impact craters -- 6.5 Crater ejecta morphology -- 6.6 Channelling on the cratered plateau -- 6.7 Intercrater plains -- 6.8 Volcanoes of the cratered plateau -- 6.9 The geological story as revealed by the upland rocks -- 7 The Central Volcanoes of Mars -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Volcano distribution -- 7.3 Classification of volcano types -- 7.4 Volcano ages -- 7.5 Highland paterae -- 7.6 Shield volcanoes and paterae -- 7.7 Martian shields -- 7.8 Older Tharsis volcanoes -- 7.9 Alba Patera -- 7.10 The shield volcanoes of Elysium -- 7.11 Apollinaris Patera -- 7.12 Central volcanism on Mars -- 8 The Plains of Mars -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Noachian and Early Hesperian plains -- 8.3 Hesperian-age flow plains -- 8.4 The Medusae Fossae plains -- 8.5 Tempe Terra plains province -- 8.6 Volcanic plains of Amazonian age -- 8.7 Plains deposits of Hellas -- 8.8 The northern plains -- 8.9 Plains and major resurfacing events in Martian history -- 9 The Equatorial Canyons -- 9.1 General features of Valles Marineris -- 9.2 Details of canyon physiography -- 9.3 General form of canyon walls -- 9.4 Wall retreat and landslide deposits -- 9.5 Wall retreat - tributary canyon development -- 9.6 Interior deposits -- 9.7 Formation of the canyon system -- 10 Martian Channels and Chaotic Terrain -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Valley networks in the ancient cratered terrain -- 10.3 Outflow channels -- 10.4 Fretted channels -- 10.5 Chaotic terrain -- 11 The Polar Regions, Wind And Volatile Activity -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Nature of the polar caps -- 11.3 Laminated polar deposits -- 11.4 High-latitude plains and dune fields -- 11.5 Wind activity on Mars -- 12 The Geological History of Mars -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The tectonic history of Mars -- 12.3 The evolution of Tharsis -- 12.4 Some final thoughts concerning Tharsis -- 12.5 The crustal dichotomy -- 12.6 The geological development of Mars -- 12.7 Climatic and volatile history -- 13 The Next Steps -- 13.1 Future Mars missions -- 13.2 Climate and the search for life -- 13.3 Epilogue -- Appendices -- A Astronomical Data -- B Phobos and Deimos -- C Model Chronologies for Mars -- D Stratigraphy of Martian Geological Features and Units.
    Abstract: As I write this short preface, the red orb of Mars is high in the eastern sky, and is brighter than it has been for many years. Last night my telescope again revealed the strange polar hood which is a feature of the planet at this time in its cycle. Because of its current prominence in the night sky, it is a very appropriate time to bring together and reappraise what we know of Mars and look forward to the next wave of planetary exploration. The initial notion of writing a book about Mars is an exciting one; the practicalities involved in working through and completing the project are, however, more than a trifle exacting. The first problem I encountered was the sheer vastness of the library of information about Mars which now exists. The second was the natural extension of the first, that is, how best to analyse it and reach widely acceptable interpretations. I have tried to write the story of Mars in a logical and unbiased way, however, we all have our individual prejudices, and I would be less than truthful if I did not admit to personal bias here and there. With this in mind, I apologise to any authors who may feel either misinterpreted or less than adequately acknowledged. The project is now completed and has been superbly prepared by Chapman & Hall.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Mars in the Solar System1.1 The orbit and movements of Mars -- 1.2 Dimensions and mass -- 1.3 The Martian seasons -- 1.4 The pattern of discovery -- 1.5 Albedo markings -- 2 Spacecraft Exploration Of The Red Planet -- 2.1 Early Mars missions -- 2.2 Mariner 9 -- 2.3 Soviet Mars exploration -- 2.4 The Viking missions -- 2.5 The Soviet Phobos mission -- 3 The Present Face of Mars -- 3.1 The topography of Mars -- 3.2 Physiographic provinces -- 3.3 Thermal inertia mapping -- 3.4 The stratigraphy of Mars -- 3.5 Summary -- 4 The Atmosphere and Weather -- 4.1 The composition of the atmosphere -- 4.2 Atmospheric pressure variations -- 4.3 Isotopic abundances in the atmosphere -- 4.4 Atmospheric circulation pattern -- 4.5 Clouds -- 5 The Interior of Mars -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The figure and gravity of Mars -- 5.3 Internal density profile -- 5.4 Composition of the interior -- 5.5 Differentiation of the Martian crust -- 6 The Ancient Cratered Terrain -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Martian cratering record -- 6.3 Martian impact basins -- 6.4 Morphology of impact craters -- 6.5 Crater ejecta morphology -- 6.6 Channelling on the cratered plateau -- 6.7 Intercrater plains -- 6.8 Volcanoes of the cratered plateau -- 6.9 The geological story as revealed by the upland rocks -- 7 The Central Volcanoes of Mars -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Volcano distribution -- 7.3 Classification of volcano types -- 7.4 Volcano ages -- 7.5 Highland paterae -- 7.6 Shield volcanoes and paterae -- 7.7 Martian shields -- 7.8 Older Tharsis volcanoes -- 7.9 Alba Patera -- 7.10 The shield volcanoes of Elysium -- 7.11 Apollinaris Patera -- 7.12 Central volcanism on Mars -- 8 The Plains of Mars -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Noachian and Early Hesperian plains -- 8.3 Hesperian-age flow plains -- 8.4 The Medusae Fossae plains -- 8.5 Tempe Terra plains province -- 8.6 Volcanic plains of Amazonian age -- 8.7 Plains deposits of Hellas -- 8.8 The northern plains -- 8.9 Plains and major resurfacing events in Martian history -- 9 The Equatorial Canyons -- 9.1 General features of Valles Marineris -- 9.2 Details of canyon physiography -- 9.3 General form of canyon walls -- 9.4 Wall retreat and landslide deposits -- 9.5 Wall retreat - tributary canyon development -- 9.6 Interior deposits -- 9.7 Formation of the canyon system -- 10 Martian Channels and Chaotic Terrain -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Valley networks in the ancient cratered terrain -- 10.3 Outflow channels -- 10.4 Fretted channels -- 10.5 Chaotic terrain -- 11 The Polar Regions, Wind And Volatile Activity -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Nature of the polar caps -- 11.3 Laminated polar deposits -- 11.4 High-latitude plains and dune fields -- 11.5 Wind activity on Mars -- 12 The Geological History of Mars -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The tectonic history of Mars -- 12.3 The evolution of Tharsis -- 12.4 Some final thoughts concerning Tharsis -- 12.5 The crustal dichotomy -- 12.6 The geological development of Mars -- 12.7 Climatic and volatile history -- 13 The Next Steps -- 13.1 Future Mars missions -- 13.2 Climate and the search for life -- 13.3 Epilogue -- Appendices -- A Astronomical Data -- B Phobos and Deimos -- C Model Chronologies for Mars -- D Stratigraphy of Martian Geological Features and Units.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    ISBN: 9781461535225
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: Lactic Microflora -- 1 The Lactic Microflora of Fowl -- 2 The Lactic Microflora of Pigs, Mice and Rats -- 3 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Rumen -- 4 The Human Gastrointestinal Tract -- 5 The Lactic Microflora of the Oral Cavity -- II: Lactic Acid Bacteria and Health -- 6 Probiotics: A General View -- 7 The Effect of Probiotics on the Gut Micro-ecology of Farm Animals -- 8 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Control of Plant Pathogens -- 9 The Antimicrobial Action of Lactic Acid Bacteria: Natural Food Preservation Systems -- 10 Lactic Acid Bacteria and the Control of Tumours -- 11 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Support of Immunocompromised Hosts -- 12 Fermented Dairy Products and Health -- III: Agriculture and Ecology -- 13 Spoilage in the Sugar Industry -- 14 Lactic Acid Bacteria in Plant Silage -- 15 Storage of Waste Products for Animal Feed -- 16 Lactic Acid Bacteria in Coffee and Cocoa Fermentation -- 17 Sporolactobacilli -- 18 Critical Factors Governing the Competitive Behaviour of Lactic Acid Bacteria in Mixed Cultures.
    Abstract: Historical Background lowe my interest in the lactic acid bacteria (LAB) to the late Dr Cyril Rainbow, who introduced me to their fascinating world when he offered me a place with him to work for a PhD on the carbohydrate meta­ bolism of some lactic rods isolated from English beer breweries by himself and others, notably Dr Dora Kulka. He was particularly interested in their preference for maltose over glucose as a source of carbohydrate for growth, expressed in most cases as a more rapid growth on the disaccharide, but one isolate would grow only on maltose. Eventually, we showed that maltose was being utilised by 'direct fermen­ tation' as the older texts called it, specifically by the phosphorolysis which had first been demonstrated for maltose by Doudoroff and his associates in their work on maltose metabolism by a strain of Neisseria meningitidis. I began work on food fermentations when I came to Strathclyde University, and I soon found myself involved again with the bacteria which I had not touched since completing my doctoral thesis. In 1973 lG. Carr, C. V. Cutting and G. c. Whiting organised the 4th Long Ashton Symposium Lactic Acid Bacteria in Beverages and Food and from my participation in that excellent conference arose a friendship with Geoff Carr. The growing importance of these bacteria was subsequently confirmed by the holding, a decade later, of the first of the Wageningen Conferences on the LAB.
    Description / Table of Contents: I: Lactic Microflora1 The Lactic Microflora of Fowl -- 2 The Lactic Microflora of Pigs, Mice and Rats -- 3 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Rumen -- 4 The Human Gastrointestinal Tract -- 5 The Lactic Microflora of the Oral Cavity -- II: Lactic Acid Bacteria and Health -- 6 Probiotics: A General View -- 7 The Effect of Probiotics on the Gut Micro-ecology of Farm Animals -- 8 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Control of Plant Pathogens -- 9 The Antimicrobial Action of Lactic Acid Bacteria: Natural Food Preservation Systems -- 10 Lactic Acid Bacteria and the Control of Tumours -- 11 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Support of Immunocompromised Hosts -- 12 Fermented Dairy Products and Health -- III: Agriculture and Ecology -- 13 Spoilage in the Sugar Industry -- 14 Lactic Acid Bacteria in Plant Silage -- 15 Storage of Waste Products for Animal Feed -- 16 Lactic Acid Bacteria in Coffee and Cocoa Fermentation -- 17 Sporolactobacilli -- 18 Critical Factors Governing the Competitive Behaviour of Lactic Acid Bacteria in Mixed Cultures.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    ISBN: 9781468414318
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Marketing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Design-Build Concept -- 2 The Art of Selling to the Construction Prospect -- 3 New Business Attitudes -- 4 Finding the Prospective Customer -- 5 Qualifying the Lead -- 6 Selling the Prospect -- 7 Design-Build Capability -- 8 Signing Up the Prospect -- 9 Working with the Owner During Construction -- 10 The Construction Sales Department.
    Abstract: With a jolt you pull your car to the side of the road, and read the job sign that can't be over one day old: New Home of ABC Inc.; General Contractor, XYZ Construction Co. You think out loud, "I knew the property had been sold," and your eyes roam over the real estate sign with the angled "sold" sticker pro­ claiming to all that the agent has been successful. "Thought the job would have come out on the bid list by now," you mutter as you move back onto the road and head for your office. Later in the day you get the agent on the phone: "Jim, how did XYZ get the ABC job? I saw nothing on the builders' exchange about it." "John, XYZ has been negotiating with ABC for the past six weeks. They did one fine job of selling on old McDuff. Understand they just called on him out of the blue asking for a chance. They put the whole package together, plans and all." "Didn't that tightwad McDuff get another price, Jim?" "Sure did; two, as a matter of fact. He asked me to get two other contractors capable of doing design-build projects. He liked XYZ better. I don't know the prices, but I really feel those boys impressed McDuff by going to him. Were you planning to bid the job?" "Thinking about it," you answer, trying to sound very casual.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Design-Build Concept2 The Art of Selling to the Construction Prospect -- 3 New Business Attitudes -- 4 Finding the Prospective Customer -- 5 Qualifying the Lead -- 6 Selling the Prospect -- 7 Design-Build Capability -- 8 Signing Up the Prospect -- 9 Working with the Owner During Construction -- 10 The Construction Sales Department.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9781468468052
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Neurodevelopment -- Developmental Reorganization of the Human Association Cortex during Perinatal and Postnatal Life -- Prenatal Monoaminergic Innervation of the Cerebral Cortex: Differences between Rodents and Primates -- Ontogenetic Development and Decline of Memory Functions in Nonhuman Primates -- Anoxia and Memory Processes -- Brain before Cognition: EEG Maturation in Preterm Infants -- Mechanisms of Asymmetrical Development of the Human CNS -- Neuroanatomical Bases of Hemispheric Functional Specialization in the Human Brain: Developmental Factors -- II Neuroscience -- Development and Aging in Down’s Syndrome -- Alzheimer’s Disease and the Cerebral Amyloidoses -- Evolution of Cholinergic Cortical Innervation after nbM-Lesioning (An Experimental Alzheimer Model) -- Neurodegenerative Changes in Aging and Dementia: A Comparison of Alzheimer and Lewy Body Type Pathology -- Cortical Morphological Changes in Dementia -- Neuroendocrine Changes in Aging and Alzheimer’s Disease -- III. Cognitive Science -- Developing a Memory “Thermometer”: A Theoretical Framework and Initial Results -- Biological Bases of Specific Language Impairment (Developmental Aphasia) -- Brain/Cognition Relationships: Interpreting the Effects of Focal Brain Damage -- A Spreading Activation Model of Age-related Deficits in Cognition -- Memory Changes in Aging -- IV. Clinical Applications -- CT, MRI, and PET Studies of Hippocampal Pathology in Alzheimer’s Disease -- Is Alzheimer’s Dementia a Treatable Disease? -- Dementia of the Alzheimer Type Recapitulates Ontogeny Inversely on Specific Ordinal and Temporal Parameters -- Psychopharmacological Aspects of Antidementia Agents -- Pharmacological Treatment of Alzheimer’s Dementia: A Review.
    Abstract: It was Oscar Wilde who defined the tragedy of old age by saying that " . . . as soon as you are old enough to know better, you don't know anything at all. " As improvements in the quality of health care bring about longer life, our attention has turned from the prolonging of life to the maintenance of involvement in life. In developed nations, a full 100% increase in the ranks of the elderly has appeared and with the benefits of this prolongation have come new and greater needs of the elderly cohort. Our interest is in those processes that may lead to dementia among the elderly, for in dementia we see a thief that robs victims of their memories and their place in life. This text was conceived and developed from an international con­ ference on neurodevelopment, aging, and cognition; the purpose of this few days a group of experts in these conference was to bring together for a fields from around the world to generate a dialog on common themes and unresolved problems. Our hope was that by keeping the meeting small and informal, we could break through barriers of terminology unique to the areas of developmental neurobiology, neuroscience, cognitive sci­ ence, and clinical medicine, and have a meaningful discussion on pro­ cesses that affect the biological integrity and cognitive performance of the aging nervous system.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. NeurodevelopmentDevelopmental Reorganization of the Human Association Cortex during Perinatal and Postnatal Life -- Prenatal Monoaminergic Innervation of the Cerebral Cortex: Differences between Rodents and Primates -- Ontogenetic Development and Decline of Memory Functions in Nonhuman Primates -- Anoxia and Memory Processes -- Brain before Cognition: EEG Maturation in Preterm Infants -- Mechanisms of Asymmetrical Development of the Human CNS -- Neuroanatomical Bases of Hemispheric Functional Specialization in the Human Brain: Developmental Factors -- II Neuroscience -- Development and Aging in Down’s Syndrome -- Alzheimer’s Disease and the Cerebral Amyloidoses -- Evolution of Cholinergic Cortical Innervation after nbM-Lesioning (An Experimental Alzheimer Model) -- Neurodegenerative Changes in Aging and Dementia: A Comparison of Alzheimer and Lewy Body Type Pathology -- Cortical Morphological Changes in Dementia -- Neuroendocrine Changes in Aging and Alzheimer’s Disease -- III. Cognitive Science -- Developing a Memory “Thermometer”: A Theoretical Framework and Initial Results -- Biological Bases of Specific Language Impairment (Developmental Aphasia) -- Brain/Cognition Relationships: Interpreting the Effects of Focal Brain Damage -- A Spreading Activation Model of Age-related Deficits in Cognition -- Memory Changes in Aging -- IV. Clinical Applications -- CT, MRI, and PET Studies of Hippocampal Pathology in Alzheimer’s Disease -- Is Alzheimer’s Dementia a Treatable Disease? -- Dementia of the Alzheimer Type Recapitulates Ontogeny Inversely on Specific Ordinal and Temporal Parameters -- Psychopharmacological Aspects of Antidementia Agents -- Pharmacological Treatment of Alzheimer’s Dementia: A Review.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401123747
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 229 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The baculoviruses -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Isolation and host range -- 1.3 Structure and classification -- 1.4 Baculovirus replication in vivo -- 1.5 Baculovirus replication in vitro -- 1.6 Genetic engineering of baculovirus insecticides -- 2 The development of baculovirus expression vectors -- 2.1 Introduction and historical perspective -- 2.2 The merits of the baculovirus expression system -- 2.3 General principles for inserting foreign genes into the baculovirus genome -- 2.4 Baculovirus transfer vectors -- 2.5 Selection of recombinant viruses -- 3 Processing of foreign proteins synthesized using baculovirus vectors in insect cells -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Glycosylation -- 3.3 Phosphorylation, acylation and amidation -- 3.4 Proteolytic processing -- 3.5 Cellular targeting and secretion -- 3.6 Tertiary and quaternary structure formation -- 3.7 Expression of viral genes -- 3.8 Expression of bacterial and fungal genes -- 3.9 Post-transcriptional processing -- 4 Construction of transfer vectors containing the foreign gene -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Isolation of foreign gene coding sequences -- 4.3 Modifying the ends of DNA molecules -- 4.4 Preparation of the transfer vector -- 4.5 DNA ligations -- 4.6 Transformation of bacteria -- 4.7 Screening for recombinant baculovirus transfer vectors -- 4.8 Analysis of recombinant transfer vectors -- 4.9 Isolation of highly purified plasmid DNA (maxi-preps) -- 5 Insect cell culture media and maintenance of insect cell lines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Cell lines -- 5.3 Culture media -- 5.4 Preparation of culture media -- 5.5 Glassware and disposable plasticware -- 5.6 Insect cell culture -- 5.7 A guide to Sf cell seeding densities for experimental work -- 5.8 Freezing, storage and recovery of insect cells in liquid nitrogen -- 5.9 A guide to adapting cells to serum-free media -- 6 Propagation, titration and purification of AcMNPV in cell culture -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Infection of cells with virus for experimental work -- 6.3 Titration of virus by plaque-assay -- 6.4 Plaque-picking and plaque-purification -- 6.5 Amplification of virus stocks -- 6.6 Large-scale production of virus for the purification of virus particles -- 6.7 Purification of infectious virus DNA -- 6.8 Titration of virus by TCID50 -- 7 Production and selection of recombinant virus -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Preparation of linear AcMNPV.lacZ (or AcMNPV.SC) DNA -- 7.3 Co-transfection of insect cells -- 7.4 Separation of parental and recombinant viruses by plaque-assay -- 7.5 Plaque-purification and amplification of recombinant virus stocks -- 7.6 Amplification and detection of recombinant viruses by limiting dilution and dot-blot hybridization -- 8 Characterization of recombinant viruses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Analysis of recombinant virus genomes -- 8.3 Analysis of foreign gene expression by polyacrylamide gel electophoresis, using unlabelled or radiolabelled cell proteins -- 8.4 Analysis of recombinant protein synthesis in insect cells using immunological techniques -- 8.5 Analysis of post-translational processing events in insect cells -- 8.6 Analysis of transcription in recombinant virus-infected cells -- 9 Scaling up the production of recombinant protein in insect cells; laboratory bench level -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Large-scale culture of insect cells -- 9.3 The importance of highly infectious virus stocks -- 9.4 Multiplicity of infection -- 9.5 The optimum time to harvest virus-infected cells -- 9.6 Purification of recombinant protein from infected cell cultures -- 10 Propagation of baculoviruses in insect larvae -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Rearing insects in the laboratory -- 10.3 Infection of insect larvae with polyhedra from cell culture -- 10.4 Purification of polyhedra from infected larvae -- 10.5 Bioassays of polyhedra -- 10.6 Purification of virus particles and DNA from polyhedra -- 10.7 Isolation of virus particles from infected larvae to establish infections in cell culture -- 10.8 Preparation of semi-synthetic insect diet -- 11 Trouble-shooting guide -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Insertion of foreign gene coding sequences into transfer vectors -- 11.3 Cell culture -- 11.4 Preparation of virus stocks and infectious DNA -- 11.5 Co-transfections -- 11.6 Baculovirus plaque-assays -- 11.7 Screening for recombinant viruses -- 11.8 Instability of recombinant viruses -- 11.9 Poor yields of recombinant protein -- Appendix A list of selected suppliers -- References.
    Abstract: The decision to write a book about the practical aspects of the baculovirus expression system stems from the numerous phone calls for help we have had, and from the many visitors to our labora­ tories requiring assistance to find the elusive polyhedrin-negative virus containing their favourite gene. We have also organized two expression system workshops and from the manuals we wrote for these, it seemed a logical progression to extend them into book form. We appreciate that those who are 'old-hands' at the baculovirus expression system may have differing views on some of our procedures, but the methods in this book are presented in the light of our own experiences in the laboratory and from our practical workshops, and we hope that the book will be especially useful to those new to the system. The first three chapters give the background information to the baculovirus expression system, and includes advice on how to choose the right transfer vector and discusses the various methods that are available to select recombinant viruses. The practical chapters concentrate on those aspects which are novel to the baculovirus system (insect cell culture, virus amplification and titration, etc. ) and, in general, leave the standard molecular biological techniques to the other excellent laboratory manuals that are available. However, for completeness sake and to avoid constant reference to other manuals, we have included brief details of some standard techniques where they are integral to the success of the baculovirus protocols.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The baculoviruses1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Isolation and host range -- 1.3 Structure and classification -- 1.4 Baculovirus replication in vivo -- 1.5 Baculovirus replication in vitro -- 1.6 Genetic engineering of baculovirus insecticides -- 2 The development of baculovirus expression vectors -- 2.1 Introduction and historical perspective -- 2.2 The merits of the baculovirus expression system -- 2.3 General principles for inserting foreign genes into the baculovirus genome -- 2.4 Baculovirus transfer vectors -- 2.5 Selection of recombinant viruses -- 3 Processing of foreign proteins synthesized using baculovirus vectors in insect cells -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Glycosylation -- 3.3 Phosphorylation, acylation and amidation -- 3.4 Proteolytic processing -- 3.5 Cellular targeting and secretion -- 3.6 Tertiary and quaternary structure formation -- 3.7 Expression of viral genes -- 3.8 Expression of bacterial and fungal genes -- 3.9 Post-transcriptional processing -- 4 Construction of transfer vectors containing the foreign gene -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Isolation of foreign gene coding sequences -- 4.3 Modifying the ends of DNA molecules -- 4.4 Preparation of the transfer vector -- 4.5 DNA ligations -- 4.6 Transformation of bacteria -- 4.7 Screening for recombinant baculovirus transfer vectors -- 4.8 Analysis of recombinant transfer vectors -- 4.9 Isolation of highly purified plasmid DNA (maxi-preps) -- 5 Insect cell culture media and maintenance of insect cell lines -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Cell lines -- 5.3 Culture media -- 5.4 Preparation of culture media -- 5.5 Glassware and disposable plasticware -- 5.6 Insect cell culture -- 5.7 A guide to Sf cell seeding densities for experimental work -- 5.8 Freezing, storage and recovery of insect cells in liquid nitrogen -- 5.9 A guide to adapting cells to serum-free media -- 6 Propagation, titration and purification of AcMNPV in cell culture -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Infection of cells with virus for experimental work -- 6.3 Titration of virus by plaque-assay -- 6.4 Plaque-picking and plaque-purification -- 6.5 Amplification of virus stocks -- 6.6 Large-scale production of virus for the purification of virus particles -- 6.7 Purification of infectious virus DNA -- 6.8 Titration of virus by TCID50 -- 7 Production and selection of recombinant virus -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Preparation of linear AcMNPV.lacZ (or AcMNPV.SC) DNA -- 7.3 Co-transfection of insect cells -- 7.4 Separation of parental and recombinant viruses by plaque-assay -- 7.5 Plaque-purification and amplification of recombinant virus stocks -- 7.6 Amplification and detection of recombinant viruses by limiting dilution and dot-blot hybridization -- 8 Characterization of recombinant viruses -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Analysis of recombinant virus genomes -- 8.3 Analysis of foreign gene expression by polyacrylamide gel electophoresis, using unlabelled or radiolabelled cell proteins -- 8.4 Analysis of recombinant protein synthesis in insect cells using immunological techniques -- 8.5 Analysis of post-translational processing events in insect cells -- 8.6 Analysis of transcription in recombinant virus-infected cells -- 9 Scaling up the production of recombinant protein in insect cells; laboratory bench level -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Large-scale culture of insect cells -- 9.3 The importance of highly infectious virus stocks -- 9.4 Multiplicity of infection -- 9.5 The optimum time to harvest virus-infected cells -- 9.6 Purification of recombinant protein from infected cell cultures -- 10 Propagation of baculoviruses in insect larvae -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Rearing insects in the laboratory -- 10.3 Infection of insect larvae with polyhedra from cell culture -- 10.4 Purification of polyhedra from infected larvae -- 10.5 Bioassays of polyhedra -- 10.6 Purification of virus particles and DNA from polyhedra -- 10.7 Isolation of virus particles from infected larvae to establish infections in cell culture -- 10.8 Preparation of semi-synthetic insect diet -- 11 Trouble-shooting guide -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Insertion of foreign gene coding sequences into transfer vectors -- 11.3 Cell culture -- 11.4 Preparation of virus stocks and infectious DNA -- 11.5 Co-transfections -- 11.6 Baculovirus plaque-assays -- 11.7 Screening for recombinant viruses -- 11.8 Instability of recombinant viruses -- 11.9 Poor yields of recombinant protein -- Appendix A list of selected suppliers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401122665
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 224 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Calendering and embossing -- Calendering -- Embossing -- 2 Coating and laminating -- 3 Drying and curing -- Electron beam -- Hot air -- Infrared -- Radio frequency -- Ultraviolet -- 4 Fabrication -- Binding and print finishing terms -- Cartons and carton styles -- Board definitions -- Cutting and creasing definitions -- Adhesive and adhesion terms -- Miscellaneous items -- 5 Web and sheet operations -- Cutting processes -- Sheeting and sheet transportation -- Web transportation.
    Abstract: The term 'converting' is in widespread use yet there is no general agreement on its precise definition and scope. The converting industry is notoriously diffuse, encompassing wide web coating operations in paper and plastics packaging, trimming, sheeting and the intricate details of high quality bound book production. A bewildering array of jargon is in use, much of it based on customs and practices passed down for several generations and, increasingly, on new terms originating from the USA or mainland Europe. This book aims to satisfy the wishes of many converters for a standard reference work which can be used for education and as an aid to communication. The dictionary gives definitions of terms which may be encountered in any of the diverse group of technologies that is included under the general heading 'converting' which is defined as 'the process of transforming one or more preformed raw materials, usually in web or sheet form, to a state suitable for end use or further processing'. Thus both calendering and coating are included but only with reference to operations which are carried out separately from the paper machine, otherwise known as 'off-machine processes'. Also in­ cluded are methods of production of cartons, books, finished and coated papers, boards and laminates, and many other items of relevance to the paper and board, film, laminating, packaging and allied industries.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Calendering and embossingCalendering -- Embossing -- 2 Coating and laminating -- 3 Drying and curing -- Electron beam -- Hot air -- Infrared -- Radio frequency -- Ultraviolet -- 4 Fabrication -- Binding and print finishing terms -- Cartons and carton styles -- Board definitions -- Cutting and creasing definitions -- Adhesive and adhesion terms -- Miscellaneous items -- 5 Web and sheet operations -- Cutting processes -- Sheeting and sheet transportation -- Web transportation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401128940
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Sources and Composition of Whey and Permeate -- 2. Whey Processing -- 3. Demineralization -- 4. Whey Utilization -- 5. Whey Cheeses and Beverages -- 6. Ultrafiltration and Manufacture of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 7. Properties of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 8. Whey Protein Recovery and Whey Protein Fractionation.. -- 9. Lactose and Lactose Derivatives -- 10. Lactose Hydrolysis -- 11. Whey and Lactose Fermentation -- 12. Nutritional Aspects.
    Abstract: It would be difficult to imagine a more appropriate means of marking the Jubilee of the Dairy Research Laboratory, Division of Food Processing, CSIRO, than a publication on whey and lactose processing. The genesis of the Laboratory in 1939 was when the Australian dairy industry was very largely based on the supply of cream from farms to numerous butter factories, the skim milk being fed to pigs. By the mid-1940s, when Geof­ frey Loftus-Hills was appointed in charge ofthe fledgling Dairy Research Section, the main objective of the Section-the full utilization of the con­ stituents of milk for human food-had been firmly established. Over the next two decades progress towards this objective was exemplified by the scientific and technological contributions made in specialized milk powders for use in recombining and in the manufacture of casein and cheese. Meanwhile farming practices changed from cream production to the supply of refrigerated whole milk to the factories. By the late 1960s the increasing production of cheese and casein had re­ sulted in almost 2 million tonnes of whey per annum. This represented not only a waste disposal problem, but also under-utilization of over 100000 t of milk solids. The Laboratory had now grown to a staff of around 70, so it was possible to allocate some resources to this extra challenge.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Sources and Composition of Whey and Permeate2. Whey Processing -- 3. Demineralization -- 4. Whey Utilization -- 5. Whey Cheeses and Beverages -- 6. Ultrafiltration and Manufacture of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 7. Properties of Whey Protein Concentrates -- 8. Whey Protein Recovery and Whey Protein Fractionation. -- 9. Lactose and Lactose Derivatives -- 10. Lactose Hydrolysis -- 11. Whey and Lactose Fermentation -- 12. Nutritional Aspects.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (viii, 421 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Systems -- 1 Overview of manufacturing systems analysis in the technological age -- 2 Systems concepts -- Two Manufacturing -- 3 A conceptual model of a manufacturing system -- Three Systems Engineering -- 4 The general systems approach to problem-solving -- 5 Computer simulation in manufacturing systems analysis -- Four Manufacturing Systems -- 6 A design and evaluation methodology of manufacturing systems -- Appendices -- A Survey of traditional and current methods used for production planning and control of manufacturing systems -- A.1 Overview of production planning and control -- A.2 Traditional methodologies -- A.3 Integrated production planning and control -- A.4 Conclusion -- B Sample company document defining the system requirements for the control of supplies and services -- B.1 Introduction -- B.2 Objective -- B.3 Requirement of quality system -- C The PCModel instruction set -- C.1 Object movement -- C.2 Routeing control -- C.3 Arithmetic operation -- C.4 Data input/output -- References.
    Abstract: A technological book is written and published for one of two reasons: it either renders some other book in the same field obsolete or breaks new ground in the sense that a gap is filled. The present book aims to do the latter. On my return from industry to an academic career, I started writing this book because I had seen that a gap existed. Although a great deal of information appeared in the published literature about various technical aspects of advanced manufacturing technology (AMT), surprisingly little had been written about the systems con­ text within which the sophisticated hardware and software of AMT are utilized to increase efficiency. Therefore, I have attempted in this book to show how structured approaches in the design and evaluation of modern manufacturing plant may be adopted, with the objective of improving the performance of the factory as a whole. I hope this book will be a contribution to the newly recognized, multidisciplinary engineering function known as manufacturing sys­ tems engineering. The text has been designed specifically to demonstrate the systems aspects of modern manufacturing operations, including: systems con­ cepts of manufacturing operation; manufacturing systems modelling and evalua­ tion; and the structured design of manufacturing systems~ One of the major difficulties associated with writing a text of this nature stems from the diversity of the topics involved. I have attempted to solve this problem by adopting an overall framework into which the relevant topics are fitted.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Systems1 Overview of manufacturing systems analysis in the technological age -- 2 Systems concepts -- Two Manufacturing -- 3 A conceptual model of a manufacturing system -- Three Systems Engineering -- 4 The general systems approach to problem-solving -- 5 Computer simulation in manufacturing systems analysis -- Four Manufacturing Systems -- 6 A design and evaluation methodology of manufacturing systems -- Appendices -- A Survey of traditional and current methods used for production planning and control of manufacturing systems -- A.1 Overview of production planning and control -- A.2 Traditional methodologies -- A.3 Integrated production planning and control -- A.4 Conclusion -- B Sample company document defining the system requirements for the control of supplies and services -- B.1 Introduction -- B.2 Objective -- B.3 Requirement of quality system -- C The PCModel instruction set -- C.1 Object movement -- C.2 Routeing control -- C.3 Arithmetic operation -- C.4 Data input/output -- References.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468485479
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Mechanisms of Hot Carrier Degradation -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Injection of Channel Hot Carriers in MOSFETs -- 1.3 Characterization Techniques -- 1.4 Charge Trapping and Dit-Generation Under Uniform Hot-Carrier Injection in MOSFETs -- 1.5 Charge Trapping and Dit-Generation Under Nonuniform Hot-Carrier Injection in MOSFETs -- 1.6 Conclusions -- 1.7 Acknowledgments -- References -- 2 Hot-Carrier Degradation Effects for DRAM Circuits -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Hot-Carrier Degradation in MOSFETs -- 2.3 Hot Carrier Impact on Circuit Operation -- 2.4 Circuit Hot-Electron Effect Simulation -- 2.5 ESD Latent Damage and Hot-Electron Reliability -- 2.6 Future Issues -- 2.7 Conclusions -- 2.8 Acknowledgments -- References -- 3 Hot Carrier Design Considerations in MOS Nonvolatile Memories -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Hot Carriers and EPROM -- 3.3 Hot Carriers and Flash Memory -- 3.4 Hot Carriers and Floating-Gate-Type EEPROMs -- 3.5 Hot Carriers and MNOS-Type EEPROMs -- 3.6 Conclusions -- 3.7 Acknowledgments -- References -- 4 Hot-Carrier Degradation During Dynamic Stress -- 4.1 The Problem of AC Hot-Carrier Degradation -- 4.2 Discussion of Transient Effects -- 4.3 Dynamic Degradation in Circuits -- 4.4 Conclusions -- References -- Appendices -- Appendix I On the Mathematical Formalism of the Hot-Carrier Currents in Semiconductor DevicesCheng T. Wang -- A1.1 Introduction -- A1.2 Mathematical Formalism -- A1.3 Conclusion -- References -- Appendix II Non-Local Field Effects on Carrier Transport in Ultra-Small-Size Devices Cheng T. Wang -- A2.1 Introduction -- A2.3 Drift Velocity as a Function of Distance -- A2.4 A Comparative Study of Field Effect on Drift Velocity -- A2.5 Conclusion -- A2.6 Acknowledgments -- References.
    Abstract: As device dimensions decrease, hot-carrier effects, which are due mainly to the presence of a high electric field inside the device, are becoming a major design concern. On the one hand, the detrimental effects-such as transconductance degradation and threshold shift-need to be minimized or, if possible, avoided altogether. On the other hand, performance­ such as the programming efficiency of nonvolatile memories or the carrier velocity inside the devices-need to be maintained or improved through the use of submicron technologies, even in the presence of a reduced power supply. As a result, one of the major challenges facing MOS design engineers today is to harness the hot-carrier effects so that, without sacrificing product performance, degradation can be kept to a minimum and a reli­ able design obtained. To accomplish this, the physical mechanisms re­ sponsible for the degradations should first be experimentally identified and characterized. With adequate models thus obtained, steps can be taken to optimize the design, so that an adequate level of quality assur­ ance in device or circuit performance can be achieved. This book ad­ dresses these hot-carrier design issues for MOS devices and circuits, and is used primarily as a professional guide for process development engi­ neers, device engineers, and circuit designers who are interested in the latest developments in hot-carrier degradation modeling and hot-carrier reliability design techniques. It may also be considered as a reference book for graduate students who have some research interests in this excit­ ing, yet sometime controversial, field.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Mechanisms of Hot Carrier Degradation1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Injection of Channel Hot Carriers in MOSFETs -- 1.3 Characterization Techniques -- 1.4 Charge Trapping and Dit-Generation Under Uniform Hot-Carrier Injection in MOSFETs -- 1.5 Charge Trapping and Dit-Generation Under Nonuniform Hot-Carrier Injection in MOSFETs -- 1.6 Conclusions -- 1.7 Acknowledgments -- References -- 2 Hot-Carrier Degradation Effects for DRAM Circuits -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Hot-Carrier Degradation in MOSFETs -- 2.3 Hot Carrier Impact on Circuit Operation -- 2.4 Circuit Hot-Electron Effect Simulation -- 2.5 ESD Latent Damage and Hot-Electron Reliability -- 2.6 Future Issues -- 2.7 Conclusions -- 2.8 Acknowledgments -- References -- 3 Hot Carrier Design Considerations in MOS Nonvolatile Memories -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Hot Carriers and EPROM -- 3.3 Hot Carriers and Flash Memory -- 3.4 Hot Carriers and Floating-Gate-Type EEPROMs -- 3.5 Hot Carriers and MNOS-Type EEPROMs -- 3.6 Conclusions -- 3.7 Acknowledgments -- References -- 4 Hot-Carrier Degradation During Dynamic Stress -- 4.1 The Problem of AC Hot-Carrier Degradation -- 4.2 Discussion of Transient Effects -- 4.3 Dynamic Degradation in Circuits -- 4.4 Conclusions -- References -- Appendices -- Appendix I On the Mathematical Formalism of the Hot-Carrier Currents in Semiconductor DevicesCheng T. Wang -- A1.1 Introduction -- A1.2 Mathematical Formalism -- A1.3 Conclusion -- References -- Appendix II Non-Local Field Effects on Carrier Transport in Ultra-Small-Size Devices Cheng T. Wang -- A2.1 Introduction -- A2.3 Drift Velocity as a Function of Distance -- A2.4 A Comparative Study of Field Effect on Drift Velocity -- A2.5 Conclusion -- A2.6 Acknowledgments -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461534549
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A Partnership (Program Status) -- SSC Education Initiatives -- Superconductors I -- Environment, Safety, and Health -- Magnets I -- Detectors I -- Cryogenics I -- Technical Poster Session I -- Quality Assurance I -- Magnets II SSC Dipoles -- Detectors II -- Cryogenics II -- Technology Transfer -- Superconductors II -- Quality Assurance II -- Magnets III Superconducting Magnet Technology -- Detectors III -- Accelerators -- Technical Poster Session II -- Parallel Technical Sessions IV -- Systems Engineering -- Magnets IV Magnet Fabrication and R&D Facilities, Tooling, and Component Analysis -- Detectors IV -- Attendees -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The fourth annual International Industrial Symposium on the Super Collider, rrssc held March 4-6, 1992, in New Orleans was a great success. Present at this year's conference were 839 attendees representing 24 universities and colleges, 34 states, 13 countries, 17 national laboratories, 11 research centers, many government entities at the local, state and federal levels, and 235 businesses and companies. This year's symposium also included 101 exhibits by 78 organizations. In all categories, this year's participation exceeded the totals of previous years and is an example of the growing support for the Superconducting Super Collider Program. This year's program had many highlights. One of the best was a message from President George Bush, read by Linda Stuntz, Acting Deputy Secretary, Department of Energy. President Bush said that each of us "can be proud of the role that you are playing in building the Collider and in setting the stage for a new era of research and discovery in high energy physics. " The 1992 IISSC's theme was "SSC-Discovering the Future. " This theme was chosen in commemoration of the SOOth anniversary of Columbus's voyage of discovery and the relationship of the SSC with discovery. This theme was articulated by all the speakers in the opening plenary session. Progress on the program was also very evident at this year's symposium. In the pictorial session, 66 photographs from all over the world were displayed to highlight progress in making the SSC a reality.
    Description / Table of Contents: A Partnership (Program Status)SSC Education Initiatives -- Superconductors I -- Environment, Safety, and Health -- Magnets I -- Detectors I -- Cryogenics I -- Technical Poster Session I -- Quality Assurance I -- Magnets II SSC Dipoles -- Detectors II -- Cryogenics II -- Technology Transfer -- Superconductors II -- Quality Assurance II -- Magnets III Superconducting Magnet Technology -- Detectors III -- Accelerators -- Technical Poster Session II -- Parallel Technical Sessions IV -- Systems Engineering -- Magnets IV Magnet Fabrication and R&D Facilities, Tooling, and Component Analysis -- Detectors IV -- Attendees -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer
    ISBN: 9781468463033
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (300p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Preliminaries -- 1.1 The scope of this book -- 1.2 The anatomy of design -- 1.3 The conceptual stage -- 1.4 General aids to design -- 1.5 Combinative methods: tables of options -- 1.6 Repêchage and reviews -- 1.7 Recurrent problems in design -- 1.8 Combination and separation of functions -- 1.9 Summary -- 2 Structures -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Structural elements: rods, ties and struts -- 2.3 Beams -- 2.4 Plates -- 2.5 Torsion -- 2.6 Thin-walled pressure vessels -- 2.7 Contact stresses -- 2.8 An example: bathroom scales -- 2.9 Bathroom scales: refinements and details -- 2.10 Springs -- 2.11 Structures, springs, energy and stiffness: pertinacity -- 3 Abutments and Joints -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The form of abutments -- 3.3 Screwed fastenings -- 3.4 Joints -- 3.5 Stator blade fixing -- 3.6 Joint efficiency -- 3.7 Offset bolted joints: lugs -- 3.8 General principles applied to joint design -- 3.9 Register in joints: intersection problems -- 3.10 Alternating loads on bolted joints -- 3.11 Sealing -- 4 Freedom and Constraints: Bearings -- 4.1 Degrees of freedom -- 4.2 Shafts and bearings -- 4.3 The principle of least constraint: kinematic design -- 4.4 Epicyclic gears -- 4.5 Bearings -- 4.6 Hydrostatic bearings -- 4.7 Hydrodynamic bearings: squeeze action -- 4.8 Hydrodynamic bearings: wedge action -- 4.9 Rolling-element bearings -- 5 Various Principles -- 5.1 Insight and abstraction -- 5.2 Biasing -- 5.3 Force paths -- 5.4 A cylinder head joint -- 5.5 Bevel gear mounting -- 5.6 Gear pump -- 5.7 Nesting and stacking -- 5.8 Guiding principles for choosing nesting orders -- 5.9 Other aspects of nesting -- 5.10 Summary of guiding principles for nesting orders -- 5.11 Flexural elements -- 5.12 Easements -- 6 Materials and Manufacturing Methods -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Materials, manufacture and design philosophies -- 6.3 The effect of density -- 6.4 Choice of material -- 6.5 Figures of merit -- 6.6 The relation between form and manufacturing method -- 6.7 New materials and processes -- 6.8 Aids to material selection -- 7 Pneumatic Quarter-turn Actuators -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Fundamental considerations -- 7.3 Aspect ratio -- 7.4 Table of options -- 7.5 Studying a combination -- 7.6 Two good designs -- 7.7 Summary -- 8 Epicyclic Gears -- 8.1 The function of the planet carrier -- 8.2 Increasing the stiffness by asymmetry -- 8.3 Local form design -- 8.4 Joint location and design -- 8.5 ‘Alexandrian’ solutions -- 8.6 The choice of embodiment -- 8.7 Another solution -- 8.8 Other aspects of epicyclic gearing -- 9 Hydraulic Pumps -- 9.1 The swash-plate pump -- 9.2 Valve plate design -- 9.3 Eliminating the valve plate -- 9.4 Virtues and limitations of the swash-plate pump -- 9.5 The bent-axis pump -- 9.6 An elegant bent-axis pump -- 9.7 Combining the virtues of swash-plate and bent-axis -- 10 Miscellaneous Examples -- 10.1 Connecting rods -- 10.2 A suitcase handle and a suspension arm -- 10.3 A window stay -- 10.4 The Challenger disaster -- 11 The Principles of Design -- 11.1 An emerging discipline -- 11.2 Least constraint and kinematic design -- 11.3 Separation and combination of functions -- 11.4 Design mating surfaces or abutments -- 11.5 Clarity of function -- 11.6 Short direct force-paths -- 11.7 Matching and disposition -- 11.8 Nesting order and related principles -- 11.9 Avoiding arbitrary decisions: combining good features.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer
    ISBN: 9781475721539
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 256 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Net Gas Exchange -- 2 Using Isotopes to Measure Gas Exchange -- 3 Fluorescence Techniques -- 4 Light Sources and Related Accessories -- 5 Measuring Photosynthetic Pigments -- 6 Light Utilization and Optical Properties of Algae -- 7 The Photosynthesis-Light Response Curve -- 8 Remote Sensing of Algal Photosynthesis -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781475722079
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 210 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. The Corticocortical Relay System -- 2. The Role of Magnocellular Bands in Generalization or Categorization of Sense Data -- 3. The Hippocampus and Long-term Memory -- 4. Fundamental Mechanisms -- 5. Laminar Organization -- 6. Applications of the Model -- 7. Affect-mediated Retrieval and the Vertical Organization of Memory Functions. Vestibular Disorders. Memory in Old Age -- 8. Evolutionary Origins of Vertebrate Memory Organization -- Afterword -- Appendix I -- Appendix II -- Appendix III -- Appendix IV -- References and Notes.
    Abstract: This means that many neuroanatomists may balk at the functional interpretation I have given their sort of data, whereas many neuroscien­ tists in other fields may balk at references to neuroanatomy they cannot confirm from memory and begrudge the time to look up. Members of both groups may consequently decline to read the book on the ground that it is too risky or too difficult to follow, or both. Let me say, in my own defence, that although the argument presented here draws upon data from a number of different fields, they fit together in ways that are often quite striking; that the problem of memory is in itself an important one; and that theory in neuroscience, if it is to fulfill its function of unifying our understanding by way of testable propositions, has got, at some point, to become interdisciplinary. I submit that the present theory meets those requirements and may therefore justify the effort it asks of the reader. To the extent that it passes the critical test of experiment, it will also give research in the fields related to memory a clearer rationale, thereby, perhaps, saving time. Introduction What follows is an outline of the theory of memory functions developed in this monograph. It will not include the supporting data and references used throughout in the text, but will simply present the essentials of the argument.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer
    ISBN: 9781475758948
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 155 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Surveying -- 3 Photogrammetry -- 4 Dynamic testing -- 5 Automatic and autonomous monitoring -- 6 Planning a scheme.
    Abstract: There is an increasing number of buildings that require informed decisions to be made about their continued safety and serviceability. Although social and economic issues are often all-important influences, the technical issues nevertheless need to be addressed objectively, efficiently and reliably. This book shows how monitoring the physical behaviour of a structure can assist the engineer to meet these conditions when making an assessment. The book is aimed primarily at the practising engineer charged with making recommendations in respect of safety and serviceability. By the same token, it will be of value to the client specifying a brief for assessment or evaluating the report of an investigation which involves monitoring. The book will also be one of reference for those engaged in research involving monitoring, and an aid to the advanced student who needs to understand better the full-scale performance in service of building structures. The need to assess safety and serviceability may arise for a variety of reasons, ranging from problems developing in service to change of use or the introduction of innovative features at the design stage. These reasons are explored in the first chapter which establishes a philosophy by which the assessing engineer can determine appropriate courses of action. Observations and measurements which do not address the real issues are worthless but too much information which cannot be effectively digested and interpreted is also not useful.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401123105
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: AGID Report Series, The Geosciences in International Development
    Series Statement: AGID Report Series, The Geosience in International Development
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Natural and man-made hazards: their increasing importance in the end-20th century world -- One Volcanic Hazards -- 2. Volcano risk mitigation through training -- 3. Volunteer Observers Program: a tool for monitoring volcanic and seismic events in the Philippines -- 4. Monitoring and warning of volcanic eruptions by remote sensing -- 5. Volcanic hazards in Colombia and Indonesia: lahars and related phenomena -- 6. The 1985 Nevado del Ruiz eruption: scientific, social and governmental response and interaction before the event -- 7. Lahars of Cotopaxi Volcano, Ecuador: hazard and risk evaluation -- 8. Seismic monitoring of Lake Nyos, Cameroon, following the gas release disaster of August, 1986 -- Two Earthquake Hazards -- 9. Long-term seismic hazard in the Eastern Mediterranean region -- 10. The ROA Earthquake Hazard Atlas project: recent work from the Middle East -- 11. Some implications of the 1985 Mexican earthquake for hazard assessment -- Three Landslide Hazards -- 12. Lanslide hazard assessment in the context of development -- 13. The identification and mitigation of glacier-related hazards: examples from the Cordillera Blanca, Peru -- Four The ‘Quiet’ Hazards -- 14. Sea-level changes in China — past and future: their impact and countermeasures -- 15. Rising groundwater: a problem of development in some urban areas of the Middle East -- 16. Factors affecting losses of soil and agricultural land in tropical countries -- 17. Reduction of biodiversity — the ultimate disaster? -- Five What Can Be Done? -- 18. Policy in response to geohazards: lessons from the developed world? -- 19. Some perspectives on geological hazards -- 20. The International Decade for Natural Disaster Reduction and the Geohazards Unit at Polytechnic South West, Plymouth, UK -- Place name index.
    Abstract: Dorrik A. V. Stow Editor in Chief, Association of Geoscientists for International Development ( AGID) AGIO is particularly pleased to see published this latest hurricanes, floods-that are wreaking havoc, destroying report in its Geosciences in International Development livelihood and lives in some corner of the globe. Series, as a significant contribution to the onset of the UN As geoscientists there are perhaps three concerns that Decade of National Disaster Reduction, and as a mark of should be uppermost in our minds as we join an inter­ AGIO's growing concern over the potential and actual national effort to combat the adverse effects of natural effects of geohazards throughout the developing world. hazards. The first must be to improve our scientific The problem of geohazards is increasing, not because understanding of the nature and causes of such hazards and to work towards more reliable prediction of their the rate of earth processes is accelerating, nor because the voice of the media appears to be paying more and more occurrence and magnitude.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9783034886369
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (430 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Science Networks · Historical Studies 8
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Description of the Manuscripts -- Relationships between the Manuscripts -- Editorial Remarks -- Concordance Heiberg Text - Version II -- Euclides, Elementa -- Liber I -- Liber II -- Liber III -- Liber IV -- Liber V -- Liber VI -- Liber VII -- Liber VIII -- Liber IX -- Liber X -- Liber XI -- Liber XII -- Liber XIII -- Liber XIV -- Liber XV -- Index of Latin Words.
    Abstract: The Latin "Version II", till now attributed to Adelard of Bath, is edited here for the first time. It was the most influential Euclid text in the Latin West in the 12th and 13th centuries. As the large number of manuscripts and the numerous quotations in other scientific and philosophical texts show, it was far better known than the three Euclid translations made from the Arabic in the 12th century (Adelard of Bath, version I; Hermann of Carinthia; Gerard of Cremona). Version II became the basis of later reworkings, in which the enunciations were taken over, but new proofs supplied; the most important text of this kind is the redaction made by Campanus in the late 1250s, which became the standard Latin "Euclid" in the later Middle Ages. The introduction deals with the questions of when and by whom version II was written. Since Marshall Clagett's fundamental article (1953) it has been generally accepted that version II is one of three Euclid texts attributable to Adelard of Bath. But a comparison of the text of version II with those of versions I and III yields little or no reason to assume that Adelard was the author of version II. Version II must have been written later than version I and before version III; its author was acquainted with Euclid texts of the Boethius tradition and with two of those transmitted from Arabic, version I (almost certainly by Adelard) and the version by Hermann of Carinthia.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    ISBN: 9783034886048
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (532 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Science Networks·Historical Studies 9
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Conspectus siglorum -- Liber I -- Liber II -- Liber III -- Liber IV -- Liber V -- Liber VI -- Liber VII -- Liber VIII -- Liber IX -- Liber X -- Liber XI -- Liber XII -- Liber XIII -- Liber XIV -- Liber XV -- Addenda.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781468467727
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 326 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Applications of Molecular Genetics to Pharmacology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Rhodopsin -- 2. Structural, Functional, and Genetic Aspects of Receptors Coupled to G-Proteins -- 3. Genetic Analysis of the ?-Adrenergic Receptor -- 4. The ?-Adrenergic Receptors: New Subtypes, Pharmacology, and Coupling Mechanisms -- 5. The 5-HT1A Receptor: From Molecular Characteristics to Clinical Correlates -- 6. The Dopamine D1 Receptors -- 7. The Dopamine D2 Receptor -- 8. Muscarinic Acetylcholine Receptors -- 9. Molecular Biology of Peptide and Glycoprotein Hormone Receptors -- 10. Signal Transducing G-Proteins: ? Subunits -- 11. Immunological Probes of the Structure, Function, and Expression of Heterotrimeric GTP-Binding Proteins.
    Abstract: LESLIE L. IVERSEN The present series of volumes is well timed, as the impact of molecular genetics on pharmacology has been profound, and a comprehensive review of the rapid advances of the past decade is much needed. Since the pioneering work of Dale, Ariens, and others in the early years of this century, much of pharmacology has been founded on the concept of receptors. To begin with, the receptor was conceived of as a "black box," which recognized and transduced the biological effects of neurotransmit­ ters, hormones, or other biological messengers-and which could also represent a target for man-made drugs. It is only in the last two decades that "molecular pharmacology" has blossomed, first with the advent of radioligand binding techniques and second messenger studies which greatly facilitated the biochemical study of drug-receptor interactions, and latterly with increasing knowledge of the molecular architecture of the receptor proteins themselves. This started with the traditional biochemical approach of isolating and purifying the receptor molecules. This proved to be a task of immense technical difficulty because of the low density of receptors in most biological source tissues, although there were some notable successes, e. g. , the purification of the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor from the electric organ of Torpedo. It was the ap­ plication of molecular genetics technology during the 1980s, however, which really accelerated progress in this field.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Basel : Birkhäuser Basel
    ISBN: 9783034872683
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Monte Verità
    Series Statement: Monte Verita, Proceedings of the Centro Stefano Franscini, Ascona
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Probabilities. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Robust Stability: The Polynomial Case -- Kharitonov’s Theorem and the Second Method of Lyapunov -- Stability Margins of Perturbed Systems -- Frequency Domain Criteria for Robust Root Locations of Generalized Disc Polynomials -- Computation of Value Sets of Uncertain Transfer Functions -- Robust Stability of General Interconnections of Interval Plants and Unstructured Norm Bounded Perturbations -- Algebraic Approach to Checking Strict Positive Real Property of Uncertain Real Rational Functions -- Stability of Convex Hull of Quasipolynomials -- Robust Stability: Multilinear Parameter Dependence -- Robustness Properties of Multilinear Interval Systems -- Easily Testable Sufficient Conditions for the Robust Stability of Systems with Multiaffine Parameter Dependence -- Robustness Analysis for Multilinear Perturbations -- On the Multiaffine Image of a Cube -- Robust Stability: The Nonlinear Case -- Robust Absolute Stability of Continuous Systems -- Robust Stability: The Matrix Case -- A Branch and Bound Method to Check the Stability of a Polytope of Matrices -- Bounds on the Real Stability Radius -- Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for Robust Stability with Structured Time-Invariant Perturbations -- A Nonconservative Kronecker Based Theory for Robust Root Clustering of Linear State Space Models with Real Norm Bounded Uncertainty -- A Necessary and Sufficient Condition for Quadratic Finite Time Feedback Controllability -- Lyapunov Based Robustness -- Lyapunov Functions for Uncertain Systems -- Robustness Analysis of Linear Control Systems with Uncertain Parameters by the Method of Convex Decomposition -- Performance -- H?-Performance of Interval Plants and Interval Feedback Systems -- Linear vs. Nonlinear Approaches to Robustness Analysis of LTI Control Systems -- Control Design -- Analysis and Design of Robustly Stable Systems via Zero-Set Methods -- A Robust Control Design in the Parameter Space -- Optimizing the Guaranteed Cost in the Control of Uncertain Linear Systems -- Robust PID Control and Lead-Lag Compensation for Linear Interval Systems -- Model Following Robust Control of Linear Time-Varying Uncertain Systems -- A Convex Parameterization of Robustly Stabilizing Controllers -- Robust Compensator Synthesis — An Experimental Application -- Velocity-Independent Yaw Eigenvalues of Four-Wheel Steering Automobiles -- Some Open Problems.
    Abstract: Robust Control is one of the fastest growing and promising areas of research today. In many practical systems there exist uncertainties which have to be considered in the analysis and design of control systems. In the last decade methods were developed for dealing with dynamic systems with unstructured uncertainties such as HOO_ and £I-optimal control. For systems with parameter uncertainties, the seminal paper of V. L. Kharitonov has triggered a large amount of very promising research. An international workshop dealing with all aspects of robust control was successfully organized by S. P. Bhattacharyya and L. H. Keel in San Antonio, Texas, USA in March 1991. We organized the second international workshop in this area in Ascona, Switzer­ land in April 1992. However, this second workshop was restricted to robust control of dynamic systems with parameter uncertainties with the objective to concentrate on some aspects of robust control. This book contains a collection of papers presented at the International Workshop on Robust Control held at the Centro Stefano Franscini, Monte Verita, Ascona, Switzer­ land on April 12-17, 1992 as well as a list of open problems presented during a dis­ cussion session at the workshop. Thirtyfive leading researchers from all over the world working in the area of robust control of dynamic systems with parameter uncertainties were invited to present their recent results and to discuss with their colleagues the recent advances in this field.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9781461535249
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Conservation Ecology Series: Principles, Practices and Management
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction: Applied Ecological Principles and their Implementation in Nature -- Conservation -- 2 Conservation of Communities—The Importance of Edges, Surroundings and Landscape Mosaic Structure -- 2.1. Introduction -- 2.2. Definitions -- 2.3. Swedish landscape types -- 2.4. Local and regional manifestations of edge-effects -- 2.5. Landscapemanagement -- 2.6. Management implications -- 2.7. A plea for the future -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 3 Conservation of Plant and Animal Populations in Theory and Practice -- 3.1. Introduction -- 3.2. Species extinctions -- 3.3. The importance of population size -- 3.4. The importance of habitat area -- 3.5. The importance of species interactions -- 3.6. Disturbance regimes and habitat quality -- 3.7. Conclusions -- References -- 4 Conservation of Genetic Variation in Plants—The Importance of Population Size and Gene Flow -- 4.1. Introduction -- 4.2. Some basic population genetics -- 4.3. Effects of genetic substructuring of plant populations -- 4.4. ‘The real world’—measures of population structure and gene flow -- 4.5. Discussion -- 4.6. Conclusions and further research needs -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 The Ecology of Dispersal in Relation to Conservation -- 5.1. Introduction -- 5.2. Bryophytes and lichens -- 5.3. Insects -- 5.4. Small mammals -- 5.5 General conclusions -- References -- 6 Archipelagoes and Theories of Insularity -- 6.1. Introduction -- 6.2. Theories of insularity -- 6.3. Scandinavian case studies -- 6.4. Implications for conservation -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 7 Boreal Forests—The Focal Habitats of Fennoscandia -- 7.1. Introduction -- 7.2. Biotic zonation -- 7.3. The natural forest -- 7.4. Man’s impact -- 7.5. Effects of forestry on the fauna and flora -- 7.6. Conservation strategies for the future -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 8 Forested and Open Wetland Complexes -- 8.1. Introduction -- 8.2. Definitions -- 8.3. Environmental factors -- 8.4. Disturbance history -- 8.5. Species changes -- 8.6. The future -- 8.7. Case studies -- 8.8. Signifìcance of wet forests and wetlands in a landscape context -- 8.9. Recommendations -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 9 Conservation Management of Riparian Communities -- 9.1. Introduction -- 9.2. The system -- 9.3. Pattern and process in riparian habitats -- 9.4. Conservation -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 10 Forests in the Temperate-Boreal Transition—Natural and Man-Made Features -- 10.1. Introduction -- 10.2. Landscape changes and vegetation history -- 10.3. Vegetation dynamics -- 10.4. Forestry and forest processes -- 10.5. Acidification and pollution—new threats to hemiboreal forests -- 10.6. Animal communities -- 10.7. Conclusions with conservation recommendations 388 References -- 11 Conservation Biology in Agricultural Habitat Islands -- 11.1. Introduction -- 11.2. Case studies -- 11.3. General conclusions -- Acknowledgements -- References -- Epilogue.
    Abstract: This volume is the first in a series entitled Conservation Ecology: Principles, Practices and Management, a theme which Elsevier's pioneer­ ing journal Biological Conservation has promoted since its foundation thirty-three years ago. The science of conservation ecology is now widely acknowledged as an essential component in the planning and develop­ ment of activities which change or modify our natural environment. Nevertheless in spite of much research and publicity, there is still a wide gap between theory and practice. Today it is especially important to try to bridge this gap by interpreting the results of ecological research so that they are understandable and relevant to a wide range of land managers, agriculturalists, foresters, and those working in the many categories of protected areas. The volumes in this series are designed to fulfil this purpose, and also to play an important educational role for students of the environmental sciences in schools, universities and other institutions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9789401122801
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 883 p) , digital
    Edition: 1
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: The Issues -- 1 Air pollution -- 2 Ozone depletion -- 3 Climate change -- 4 Availability of fresh water -- 5 Coastal and marine degradation -- 6 Land degradation -- 7 Deforestation and habitat loss -- 8 Loss of biological diversity -- 9 Environmental hazards -- 10 Toxic chemicals and hazardous wastes -- Two: Causes and Consequences -- 11 Agriculture and fisheries -- 12 Industry -- 13 Energy -- 14 Transport -- 15 Tourism -- 16 Population and resources -- 17 Human settlements -- 18 Health -- 19 Peace and security -- Three: The Response -- 20 Understanding the environment -- 21 Perceptions and attitudes -- 22 National responses -- 23 International responses -- Four: Looking Ahead -- 24 Challenges and opportunities -- Appendix A Contributors to the report -- Appendix B Reviewers, participants and commentators in workshops.
    Abstract: Our planet is under siege. Assaults on the atmosphere -the greenhouse effect, the depletion of the ozone layer and increasing air pollution - pose a still­ unquantified threat to human life. The dumping of hazardous wastes, and land­ based sources of pollution, present a similar threat to the oceans. On land we are destroying a tropical forest the size of Austria every year, and more than a hundred species of wild plants and animals are lost forever each day. When the General Assembly of the United Nations established UNEP it charged us with reporting on the changing state of the world's environment, tracking the underlying causes of change, and working with governments to develop responses to those changes. Every year since 1974, UNEP has produced a State of the Environment report, focusing on one or more emerging environmental issues and always stressing the human factor -the impact of environmental quality on people and society. Three times since its inception (1982, 198 7 and 1992) UNEP has undertaken a more wide-ranging study. The results of the present study are the most disturbing of the three. However, not all the signs are negative. Throughout the 19 70s and into the 1980s, UNEP was able to report progress in some important areas. Environmental monitoring capacity was being rapidly improved in many parts of the world, and Ministries of the Environment were being set up in an attempt to deal with environmental threats in a more coherent way.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    New York, NY : Springer US | New York, NY : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9781461546597
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 v) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Factors Shaping and Shaped by the Environment: 1990–2010 -- 2. Protecting the Environment: A Research Strategy for the 1990s—An Indicator of Change in EPA -- 3. Using Environmental Indicators for Policy and Regulatory Decisions -- 4. Ecological Indicators of Marine Condition (abstract only) -- 5. Ecological Forecasting: ‘What For?’ -- 6. Indicators of the Causes of Ecological Impacts or ‘What’s Causing the Global Environmental Crisis?’ -- 7. Earth Day Plus 20: Rediscovering Ecology -- 8. Global Indicators: What the People Expect -- 9. Evolution of Indicators of Ecosystem Health -- 10. Indicators in Regional Ecological Monitoring and Risk Assessment -- 11. Indicator Selection: A Key Element in Monitoring System Design -- 12. Thermodynamics and Measures of Ecological Integrity -- 13. Indicators of Ecosystem Integrity -- 14. Ecological Indicators and Ecological Modelling -- 15. Choosing Ecological Indicators: Effect of Taxonomic Aggression on Sensitivity to Stress and Natural Variability -- 16. Biomarkers of Environmental Exposure and Multivariate Approaches for Assessment and Monitoring -- 17. The Application of In-situ Bioassays as Ecological Indicators for Assessing River Quality -- 18. Ecological Monitoring of Fish Assemblages in Tennessee River Reservoirs -- 19. Contribution of Fish Community Metrics to the Index of Biotic Integrity in Two Ozark Rivers -- 20. Lake and Stream Indicators for the US EPAs Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program -- 21. Ecological Indicators of Temperate Forest Ecosystem Condition -- 22. The Visual Damage Survey: A Study to Evaluate the Eastern Forest Condition -- 23. Identification and Use of Plant Species as Ecological Indicators of Air Pollution Stress in National Park Units -- 24. Biological Diversity Assessment in Glacier National Park, Montana: I. Sampling Design -- 25. Toxic Effects Monitoring in Baltic Sea Coastal Areas -- 26. National Status and Trends Program: Chemical and Biological Monitoring of U.S. Coastal Waters -- 27. Benthic Communities as Indicators of Ecosystem Condition (abstract only) -- 28. Evaluation of Bioindicators of Contaminant Exposure and Effects in Coastal Ecosystems -- 29. Monitoring Nitrogen and Indicators of Nitrogen Loading to Support Management Action in Buzzards Bay -- 30. Ecological Indicators for Ecological Engineering in Wetlands -- 31. Coupling Wetlands Structure and Function: Developing a Condition Index for Wetlands Monitoring -- 32. Choices in Monitoring Wetlands -- 33. Indicators of Flooding Derived From Aerial Photography in Northern Prairie Wetlands -- 34. Indicators of Environmental Stress in Wetland Plants -- 35. Indicators of the Ecological Status of Agroecosystems -- 36. The Soil Conservation Services New Water Quality Indicators Guide (a summary) -- 37. The Diagnosis and Recommendation Integrated System (DRIS) as an Ecological Indicator for Agricultural and Forest Systems -- 38. Testing a Biological System for Indicating Ozone in Minnesota -- 39. Site-Specific and Regional Monitoring with Honey Bees: Case Study Comparisons -- 40. The Vulnerability of Agricultural Systems to Ecological and Climate Change in Sub-Saharan Africa (a summary) -- 41. Ecological Indicator Strategy for Monitoring Arid Ecosystems -- 42. Ecological Indicators in a Desert/Grassland Transition -- 43. Monitoring the Condition of Australian Arid Lands: Linked Plant-Soil Indicators -- 44. Cryptogamic Crusts as Potential Indicators of Disturbance in Semi-Arid Landscapes -- 45. Spatial Modeling and Landscape Characterization of an African Pastoral Ecosystem: A Prototype Model and its Potential Use for Monitoring Drought.
    Abstract: Today environmental problems of unprecedented magnitude confront planet earth. The sobering fact is that a whole range of human activities is affecting our global environment as profoundly as the billions of years of evolution that preceded our tenure on Earth. The pressure on vital natural resources in the developing world and elsewhere is intense, and the destruction of tropical forests, wildlife habitat, and other irreplaceable resources, is alarming. Climate change, ozone depletion, loss of genetic diversity, and marine pollution are critical global environmental concerns. Their cumulative impact threatens to destroy the planet's natural resources. The need to address this situation is urgent. More than at any previous moment in history, nature and ecological systems are in human hands, dependent on human efforts. The earth is an interconnected and interdependent global ecosystem, and change in one part of the system often causes unexpected change in other parts. Atmospheric, oceanic, wetland, terrestrial and other ecological systems have a finite capacity to absorb the environmental degradation caused by human behavior. The need for an environmentally sound, sustainable economy to ease this degradation is evident and urgent. Policies designed to stimulate economic development by foregoing pollution controls both destroy the long-term economy and ravage the environment. Over the years, we have sometimes drawn artificial distinctions between the health of individuals and the health of ecosystems. But in the real world, those distinctions do not exist.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    London : Palgrave Macmillan UK
    ISBN: 9781137079848
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 262 p)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9781461203797
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 438 p) , digital
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Aerospace engineering. ; Astronautics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Aerothermodynamic Phenomena and the Design of Atmospheric Hypersonic Airplanes -- Concepts of Hypersonic Aircraft -- Hypersonic Wind Tunnel Testing -- Wind-Tunnel Based Definition of the AFE Aerothermodynamic Environment -- High-Enthalpy Testing in Hypersonic Shock Tunnels -- Low Density Facilities -- Hypersonic Boundary-Layer Transition -- Some Viscous Interactions Affecting the Design of Hypersonic Intakes and Nozzles -- Permissions.
    Abstract: These three volumes entitled Advances in Hypersonics contain the Proceedings of the Second and Third Joint US/Europe Short Course in Hypersonics which took place in Colorado Springs and Aachen. The Second Course was organized at the US Air Force Academy, USA in January 1989 and the Third Course at Aachen, Germany in October 1990. The main idea of these Courses was to present to chemists, com­ puter scientists, engineers, experimentalists, mathematicians, and physicists state of the art lectures in scientific and technical dis­ ciplines including mathematical modeling, computational methods, and experimental measurements necessary to define the aerothermo­ dynamic environments for space vehicles such as the US Orbiter or the European Hermes flying at hypersonic speeds. The subjects can be grouped into the following areas: Phys­ ical environments, configuration requirements, propulsion systems (including airbreathing systems), experimental methods for external and internal flow, theoretical and numerical methods. Since hyper­ sonic flight requires highly integrated systems, the Short Courses not only aimed to give in-depth analysis of hypersonic research and technology but also tried to broaden the view of attendees to give them the ability to understand the complex problem of hypersonic flight. Most of the participants in the Short Courses prepared a docu­ ment based on their presentation for reproduction in the three vol­ umes. Some authors spent considerable time and energy going well beyond their oral presentation to provide a quality assessment of the state of the art in their area of expertise as of 1989 and 1991.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9781461203759
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 427 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Aerospace engineering. ; Astronautics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Approximate Two Layer (Inviscid/Viscous) Methods to Model Aerothermodynamic Environments -- Second-Order Effects in Hypersonic Boundary Layers -- Unstructured-Grid Algorithms for High-Speed CFD Analysis -- Numerical Simulation of Three-Dimensional Hypersonic Viscous Flows -- Numerical Simulation of Entry Flow over Blunt Swept-Wing Planes -- Viscous Nonequilibrium Flow Calculations -- The Finite Pointset Method for Hypersonic Flows in the Rarefied Gas Regime -- Computation of Flowfields for Hypersonic Flight at High Altitudes.
    Abstract: These three volumes entitled Advances in Hypersonics contain the Proceedings of the Second and Third Joint US/Europe Short Course in Hypersonics which took place in Colorado Springs and Aachen. The Second Course was organized at the US Air Force Academy, USA in January 1989 and the Third Course at Aachen, Germany in October 1990. The main idea of these Courses was to present to chemists, com­ puter scientists, engineers, experimentalists, mathematicians, and physicists state of the art lectures in scientific and technical dis­ ciplines including mathematical modeling, computational methods, and experimental measurements necessary to define the aerothermo­ dynamic environments for space vehicles such as the US Orbiter or the European Hermes flying at hypersonic speeds. The subjects can be grouped into the following areas: Phys­ ical environments, configuration requirements, propulsion systems (including airbreathing systems), experimental methods for external and internal flow, theoretical and numerical methods. Since hyper­ sonic flight requires highly integrated systems, the Short Courses not only aimed to give in-depth analysis of hypersonic research and technology but also tried to broaden the view of attendees to give them the ability to understand the complex problem of hypersonic flight. Most of the participants in the Short Courses prepared a docu­ ment based on their presentation for reproduction in the three vol­ umes. Some authors spent considerable time and energy going well beyond their oral presentation to provide a quality assessment of the state of the art in their area of expertise as of 1989 and 1991.
    Description / Table of Contents: Approximate Two Layer (Inviscid/Viscous) Methods to Model Aerothermodynamic EnvironmentsSecond-Order Effects in Hypersonic Boundary Layers -- Unstructured-Grid Algorithms for High-Speed CFD Analysis -- Numerical Simulation of Three-Dimensional Hypersonic Viscous Flows -- Numerical Simulation of Entry Flow over Blunt Swept-Wing Planes -- Viscous Nonequilibrium Flow Calculations -- The Finite Pointset Method for Hypersonic Flows in the Rarefied Gas Regime -- Computation of Flowfields for Hypersonic Flight at High Altitudes.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    ISBN: 9781461535287
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xxii, 456 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Electronic circuits. ; Industrial engineering. ; Production engineering. ; Electrical engineering. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I—Overview -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II—Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III—Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV—Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-Related Problems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V—Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI—Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: Printed Wiring Assemblies -- IV. Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues on Cleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    Abstract: One of the strongest trends in the design and manufacture of modern electronics packages and assemblies is the utilization of surface mount technology as a replacement for through-hole tech­ nology. The mounting of electronic devices and components onto the surface of a printed wiring board or other substrate offers many advantages over inserting the leads of devices or components into holes. From the engineering viewpoint, much higher lead counts with shorter wire and interconnection lengths can be accommo­ dated. This is critical in high performance modern electronics packaging. From the manufacturing viewpoint, the application of automated assembly and robotics is much more adaptable to high lead count surface mounted devices and components. Indeed, the insertion of high lead count parts into fine holes on a substrate might often be nearly impossible. Yet, in spite of these surface mounting advantages, the utilization of surface mount technology is often a problem, primarily due to soldering problems. The most practical soldering methods use solder pastes, whose intricacies are frequently not understood by most of those involved in the engineering and manufacture of electronics assemblies. This publication is the first book devoted exclusively to explanations of the broad combination of the chemical, metallurgical, and rheological principles that are critical to the successful use of solder pastes. The critical relation­ ships between these characteristics are clearly explained and pre­ sented. In this excellent presentation, Dr. Hwang highlights three impor­ tant areas of solder paste technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: I-Overview1 Introduction -- 2 Interdisciplinary Approach -- II-Basic Technologies -- 3 Chemical and Physical Characteristics -- 4 Metallurgical Aspects -- 5 Rheology of Solder Pastes -- III-Methodologies and Applications -- 6 Application Techniques -- 7 Soldering Methodologies -- 8 Cleaning -- IV-Reliability, Quality Control, and Tests -- 9 Solder Joint Reliability and Inspection -- 10 Special Topics in Surface Mount Soldering Problems and Other Soldering-Related Problems -- 11 Quality Assurance and Tests -- V-Future Tasks and Emerging Trends -- 12 Future Developments -- VI-Appendix -- I. Federal Specification QQ-S-571E and Amendment 4 -- II. Ternary Phase Diagram: Pb-Ag-Sn, Sn-Pb-Bi -- III. Military Specification MIL-P-28809A: Printed Wiring Assemblies -- IV. Quantitative Determination of Rosin Residues on Cleaned Electronics Assemblies.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461572961
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Engineering geology. ; Geotechnical engineering. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction and Overview -- 1.1 Need for Trenchless Technology -- 1.2 Horizontal Boring Techniques -- 1.3 General Procedures -- 1.4 Selection of Method -- 1.5 Limitations -- 1.6 Future Outlook -- 1.7 Looking Ahead -- 2 Background -- 2.1 Early Underground Work -- 2.2 The Stimulus of the Industrial Revolution -- 2.3 Early Trenchless Methods—1890–1960 -- 2.4 Trenchless Methods—1960–1985 -- 3 Creating the Hole -- 3.1 Thrust Boring -- 3.2 Impact Moling -- 3.3 Impact Ramming -- 3.4 Rock Hammer -- 3.5 Auger Boring -- 3.6 Wet/Slurry Boring -- 3.7 Fluid Jet Cutting -- 3.8 Pipe Jacking and Microtunnelling -- 3.9 Rotary/Directional Drilling -- 4 Steerable Horizontal Boring -- 4.1 Methods of Steering the Bit -- 4.2 Available Systems -- 4.3 Planning the Job -- 4.4 Applications -- 4.5 Preventing and Controlling Problems -- 5 Pipe Jacking and Microtunnelling -- 5.1 Pipe Jacking -- 5.2 Microtunnelling -- 6 On-Line Replacement and Structural Renovation -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Options -- 6.3 On-Line Replacement -- 6.4 Renovation -- 7 Instrumentation Systems for Guided Boring -- 7.1 Unguided Systems -- 7.2 Guided Boring -- 7.3 Guidance Instrumentation Systems -- 7.4 Equipment Selection -- 7.5 Needs and Future Trends -- 8 Economics of Trenchless Technology -- 8.1 Economic Costs -- 8.2 Open-Cut Method -- 8.3 Economic Studies and Models -- 8.4 Effect of Drilling Rate -- 8.5 System Utilization -- 9 Investigation, Routing, and Location -- 9.1 Selection of Trenchless Equipment -- 9.2 Planning and Design of Project -- 9.3 Job Implementation and Precautions -- 10 Case Histories -- 10.1 Case History 1: Horizontal Drilling -- 10.2 Case History 2: Guided Piercing Tool -- 10.3 Case History 3: Microtunnelling -- 10.4 Case History 4: Pipeline Insertion Machine -- 10.5 Case History 5: UTILX Guidedril Tunnelling Machine -- 10.6 Case History 6: Microtunnelling -- 10.7 Case History 7: Renovation -- 11 Future Needs -- 11.1 The Future in Perspective -- 11.2 Attitudes and Awareness -- 11.3 Technical Needs.
    Abstract: In the past decade, the field of trenchless technology has expanded rapidly in products, equipment, and utilization. This expansion would not have occurred without a strong increase in economic incentives to the user. Because the operating environment has changed, trenchless technology is often the preferred alternative to traditional methods of digging holes and installing conduits. The infrastructure in which we live has become more congested and has to be shared by several users. In addition, the cost of restoring a road or landscaped area after construction may be higher than the cost of installing the conduit. These factors add to the need for trenchless technology-the ability to dig holes without disturbing the surface. In some ways, trenchless technology is a futuristic concept. Ruth Krauss in a children's book of definitions wrote, "A Hole .. .Is to Dig." But this statement is not necessarily true. Today, a hole could be to bore.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction and Overview1.1 Need for Trenchless Technology -- 1.2 Horizontal Boring Techniques -- 1.3 General Procedures -- 1.4 Selection of Method -- 1.5 Limitations -- 1.6 Future Outlook -- 1.7 Looking Ahead -- 2 Background -- 2.1 Early Underground Work -- 2.2 The Stimulus of the Industrial Revolution -- 2.3 Early Trenchless Methods-1890-1960 -- 2.4 Trenchless Methods-1960-1985 -- 3 Creating the Hole -- 3.1 Thrust Boring -- 3.2 Impact Moling -- 3.3 Impact Ramming -- 3.4 Rock Hammer -- 3.5 Auger Boring -- 3.6 Wet/Slurry Boring -- 3.7 Fluid Jet Cutting -- 3.8 Pipe Jacking and Microtunnelling -- 3.9 Rotary/Directional Drilling -- 4 Steerable Horizontal Boring -- 4.1 Methods of Steering the Bit -- 4.2 Available Systems -- 4.3 Planning the Job -- 4.4 Applications -- 4.5 Preventing and Controlling Problems -- 5 Pipe Jacking and Microtunnelling -- 5.1 Pipe Jacking -- 5.2 Microtunnelling -- 6 On-Line Replacement and Structural Renovation -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Options -- 6.3 On-Line Replacement -- 6.4 Renovation -- 7 Instrumentation Systems for Guided Boring -- 7.1 Unguided Systems -- 7.2 Guided Boring -- 7.3 Guidance Instrumentation Systems -- 7.4 Equipment Selection -- 7.5 Needs and Future Trends -- 8 Economics of Trenchless Technology -- 8.1 Economic Costs -- 8.2 Open-Cut Method -- 8.3 Economic Studies and Models -- 8.4 Effect of Drilling Rate -- 8.5 System Utilization -- 9 Investigation, Routing, and Location -- 9.1 Selection of Trenchless Equipment -- 9.2 Planning and Design of Project -- 9.3 Job Implementation and Precautions -- 10 Case Histories -- 10.1 Case History 1: Horizontal Drilling -- 10.2 Case History 2: Guided Piercing Tool -- 10.3 Case History 3: Microtunnelling -- 10.4 Case History 4: Pipeline Insertion Machine -- 10.5 Case History 5: UTILX Guidedril Tunnelling Machine -- 10.6 Case History 6: Microtunnelling -- 10.7 Case History 7: Renovation -- 11 Future Needs -- 11.1 The Future in Perspective -- 11.2 Attitudes and Awareness -- 11.3 Technical Needs.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461534501
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 274 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Computer networks . ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Local ATM -- Architecture of Local and Metropolitan ATM Networks: New Trends -- Supercomputer Communications as an Application for ATM Local Area Networks -- Gigabit Local Area Networks -- Congestion Control I -- An Overview of Bandwidth Management Procedures in High-Speed Networks -- Performance of the Buffered Leaky Bucket Policing Mechanism -- Congestion Control II -- Explicit Foward Congestion Notification in ATM Networks -- A Novel Architecture and Flow Control Scheme for Private ATM Networks -- Gateway Congestion Controls in High-Speed Backbone Networks -- Standards -- What’s New in B-ISDN Standards? -- Routing -- Routing in ATM Networks -- A Queueing-Network Model for Half-Duplex Routing in Data Communication Networks -- Transport Protocols -- The Xpress Transfer Protocol -- Radiology Communications for Imaging Systems -- High-Speed Transport Protocol Evaluation in the VISTAnet Project -- Traffic Measurements -- Traffic Models for ISDN and B-ISDN Users -- Traffic Characterization in a Wide Area Network -- Telecommunications Software Engineering -- Engineering of Telecommunications Software -- Reliability of Telecommunications Software: Assessing Sensitivity of Least Squares Reliability Estimates -- Software Metrics and the Quality of Telecommunication Software.
    Abstract: TriComm '92 was the fifth in the series of Research Triangle conferences on Computer Communications. This series emerged from a need to provide a forum for the people who are actively involved in Research and Development in the Research Triangle area in which they could present and discuss new ideas in Computer Communications. TriComm '92 was dedicated to High Speed networks. In particular, the program was developed around the following themes: local ATM, preventive and reactive congestion control. routing. transport protocols. traffic measurements, software engineering for telecommunication systems. and standards. I would like to thank all the speakers who agreed to present a paper. and the members of the program committee who patiently refereed the papers despite their busy schedules. I would also like to thank Mr. Ed Bowen, IBM, Research Triangle Park, for covering the expenses for the preparation of the pre-conference proceedings. and Dr. Raif Onvural. IBM, Research Triangle Park, for overseeing the photocopying of the proceedings. I would also like to thank my "Guardian Angel" Ms. Margaret Hudacko. Center for Communications and Signal Processing. State University, who made all the local arrangements. North Carolina Without her help, this conference would have been a complete disaster. Many thanks also go to Norene Miller. Center for Communications and Signal Processing. North Carolina State University. Finally. I would like to thank Mr. Charles Lord, Eastern NC Chapter of the IEEE Communications SOCiety. for providing us with mailing lists.
    Description / Table of Contents: Local ATMArchitecture of Local and Metropolitan ATM Networks: New Trends -- Supercomputer Communications as an Application for ATM Local Area Networks -- Gigabit Local Area Networks -- Congestion Control I -- An Overview of Bandwidth Management Procedures in High-Speed Networks -- Performance of the Buffered Leaky Bucket Policing Mechanism -- Congestion Control II -- Explicit Foward Congestion Notification in ATM Networks -- A Novel Architecture and Flow Control Scheme for Private ATM Networks -- Gateway Congestion Controls in High-Speed Backbone Networks -- Standards -- What’s New in B-ISDN Standards? -- Routing -- Routing in ATM Networks -- A Queueing-Network Model for Half-Duplex Routing in Data Communication Networks -- Transport Protocols -- The Xpress Transfer Protocol -- Radiology Communications for Imaging Systems -- High-Speed Transport Protocol Evaluation in the VISTAnet Project -- Traffic Measurements -- Traffic Models for ISDN and B-ISDN Users -- Traffic Characterization in a Wide Area Network -- Telecommunications Software Engineering -- Engineering of Telecommunications Software -- Reliability of Telecommunications Software: Assessing Sensitivity of Least Squares Reliability Estimates -- Software Metrics and the Quality of Telecommunication Software.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489926531
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 240 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Security systems. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Program Design and Initiation -- 3 Comprehensive Descriptive Method -- 4 Quality Ratings Method -- 5 “In/Out” Method -- 6 Difference-from-Control Method (Degree of Difference) -- Appendix 1 Basic Data Analysis Methods -- Graphical Summaries -- Summary Statistics -- Confidence Intervals -- Appendix 2 Statistical Hypothesis Testing -- Type I and Type II Errors -- Example of a Statistical Hypothesis Test -- Appendix 3 The Statistical Design of Sensory Panels -- Randomized (Complete) Block Designs -- Balanced Incomplete Block Designs -- Appendix 4 Multivariate Methods -- Multivariate Summary Statistics -- Principal Components/Factor Analysis -- Cluster Analysis -- Appendix 5 Statistical Quality Control -- Control Charts -- R-Charts -- I-Charts -- Statistical Control Versus Specifications -- Panel Maintenance -- References.
    Abstract: This book addresses an important, but so far neglected, topic: the application of sensory evaluation to quality control. Although several articles have been pub­ lished that have discussed concepts of quality control/sensory evaluation (QC/sen­ sory) programs, Sensory Evaluation in Quality Control is the first publication that addresses this topic in a comprehensive and practical way. This book is com­ prehensive, in that it presents the sensory and statistical information that is needed to design and implement several types of QCfsensory programs at the plant level. The book is practical, in that it provides a step-by-step description of the complete process to implement such programs, and it illustrates this process through real examples encountered by various consumer products companies (e. g. , foods, personal care products, paper products). With this practical information, sensory and quality professionals can design and implement sound QC/sensory programs at the plant level. This book was developed to provide the sensory and quality professional with an overview and guide to apply, in a production facility, the unique techniques that are used to measure sensory responses. Therefore, the book is intended for QC and/or R&D personnel (e. g. , sensory managers and analysts, and quality profes­ sionals) in charge of implementing an in-plant program, as well as for the plant management and plant technical personnel (sensory coordinator and quality pro­ fessionals) who are ultimately responsible for the routine operation of the estab­ lished program.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9781468464320
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 869 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Overview Section -- Section A: Nitrogenase Biochemistry and Chemical Models -- Section B: Plant-Microbe Interactions -- Section C: Limiting Factors in Nitrogen Fixation -- Section D: Nitrogen Fixation and the Environment -- Section E: Bacterial Systems -- Section F: Nitrogen Fixation in Agriculture and Industry -- Section G: Plant Function -- Section H: Nitrogen Fixation and Evolution -- Section I: Summing up the Congress -- Author Index.
    Abstract: We are witnessing an increased awareness of the earth's environment. Examples are easily seen in the rise of 'Green Parties' across Europe, North America, Australasia, and lately Eastern Europe. The public outcry following industrial mishaps in Alaska, Chernobyl, Basel, and Bhopal, as well as the renewed legislative activity, such as the Clean Air Act in the USA and the European Community directive to member nation concerning the control of release of genetically engineered organisms are further examples of the general interest in the biosphere. The 'Ozone hole', 'Greenhouse gases', and 'Genetically engineered Microorganisms' have gained public profiles, and are discussed widely in newspapers, magazines and the electronic media. A recent educational survey of nations, belonging to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) showed that school children are more literate with ecological terms (as listed above) than with 'pure' scientific terms, like 'phloem', 'mitosis', 'proton', or 'Jurasic period'. Perhaps the increase in awareness is cyclical, being fed by non-scientific, sociological and economic advances. The late 1960s/early 1970s saw a major increase in environmental consciousness. Anti-pollution groups were founded, healthfood shops and naturopathy became acceptable as did recycling, the use of lead-free gasoline, and the reduced usage of environmental toxins, like DDT and PCB. For example, Monsanto Chemical Company instigated a self-imposed halt to the manufacture of PCB in the mid-seventies. Chemical companies started to look at biodegradable herbicides, slow release fertilizers, and specifically targeted pesticides.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9781468465396
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 383 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Housing production manual
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The procedures in this manual distill six years of learning about the most efficient acquisition and construction methods in this country for high volume production of housing affordable to low-income people. The people in the Rehab Work Group at The Enterprise Foundation have gathered this information first-hand and conveyed it in training workshops on production management throughout the country. Over 2000 participants in the workshops have included rehab specialists from city housing departments, con­ struction managers of single and multifamily rehab projects, program managers from both nonprofit housing development organizations and city rehab depart­ ments, as well as students in colleges and universities. They are becoming the backbone of a new cadre of effective producers of affordable housing. In the 30 cities and several rural areas where we have both learned and applied these production management techniques, they have resulted in savings of 5, 10, even 25 percent of the cost of housing development. The Enterprise Foundation is a national, nonprofit organization that my wife Patty and I launched in 1982. The Foundation's mission is to see that all very low-income Americans have the opportunity for fit and affordable housing within a generation, and work their way up and out of poverty into the main­ stream of American life.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9789401136549
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Opening Session -- Welcome Address -- Opening Address -- Areas Where Advanced Separation Techniques are Desirable -- Review of New Extractants Potentially Applicable to the Processing of Radioactive Liquid Wastes (Summary) -- The Truex Process: A Vital Tool for Disposal of U.S. Defense Nuclear Waste -- Session I Amines/Amides Based Extractants -- Highly Selective and Micellar Extraction of Uranyl and Alkaline-Earth Cations (Summary) -- Extraction of Metal Ions by Neutral ?-Diphosphoramides -- Treatment of Nuclear Waste Solutions Using A New Class of Extractants: Pentaalkyl Propane Diamides -- Research for Actinides Extractants from Various Wastes -- N,N Dialkylaliphatic Amides as Extractant of Platinum Group Metals -- Session II Bidentate Organophosphorus Extractants -- Application of the Teseo Process for Actinide Removal from Liquid Alpha Wastes Generated During UO2-PuO2 Fuel Fabrication Campaigns -- Separation of AM, EU and CE from Liquid Wastes with CMPO by Extraction Chromatography -- The Extraction of Actinides and Other Constituents from Highly Active Waste (HAW) by Trialkyl Phosphine Oxide (TRPO) -- Actinides Removal by Means of Octyl(Phenyl)-N,N-Diisobutyl Carbamoyl Methyl Phosphine Oxide (CMPO) Sorbed on Silica -- Application of the CMPO Extractant (Supported Liquid Membrane) for the Alpha Decontamination of Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Comparison Between CMPO and DHDECMP for Alpha Decontamination of Radioactive Liquid Waste -- Application of CMPO Containing Gels to Metal Extraction -- Session III The Calixarenes -- Potential Industrial Applications of Calixarenes -- Special Calixarenes, Synthesis and Properties -- Calixspherands as Ligands for the Complexation of Radioactive Rubidium-81 -- Research Activities on Calixarenes (Summary) -- Session IV The Crown-Ethers -- General Properties of Crown-Ethers and Their Potential for Applications in Analytical and Preparative Chemistry -- Possible Applications of Crown-Ethers to Metal Extraction Using Liquid Membrane Technology a Literature Survey -- Application of Crown-Ethers to Caesium and Strontium Removal from Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Session V Other Types of Extractants -- Synthesis of Macrocyclic Ligands and Their Application in the Separation of Rare Earths -- Separation of Actinides with Alkylpyridinium Nitrates -- Phosphonomethyl Substituted Phenols A New Class of Absorbers and Extractants for Metals -- Actinide Separations by High Pressure Cation Exchange — The Neptunium Case -- Separation of Metal Ions by Complexation-Ultrafiltration -- Session VI Inorganic Ion Exchangers/Absorbers -- Preparation and Properties of Hexacyanoferrates for the Removal of Caesium from Radioactive Waste Streams: A Review -- The Combination of Finely Divided Inorganic Ion Exchangers and Ultrafiltration for the Treatment of Low- and Medium-Level Waste -- Use of Hydrated Antimony Pentoxide (HAP) for Fission Product Removal from Irradiated U Solutions: Application to A Homogeneous Reactor Fuel Reprocessing -- Caesium Decontamination from MTR Waste Solution -- Selective ion Exchange for Chromium Recovery from Tannery Wastes -- Novel Organic, Inorganic and Modified Inorganic Materials for Waste Treatment -- The Eix Process for Radioactive Waste Treatment -- Conclusions -- Main Achievements of the Seminar -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    Abstract: The purpose of this technical seminar was to evaluate the present state of the art in matter of advanced separation techniques like solvent extraction, ion-exchange, chemical precipitation, membrane and electrical processes for the treatment of radioactive liquid waste and a selection of some specific industrial non-radioactive effluents. Through this initiative, the organisers aimed at promoting the exchange of information between scientists from various origins (universities, research centres and industries) while contributing to the necessary overcoming of the artificial barriers which too often limit the "technology transfer" between the nuclear and non-nuclear sectors. Vll CONTENTS PREFACE ........................................ V ABBREVIATIONS ...................................... xiv OPENING SESSION WELCOME ADDRESS C. MANCINI (ENEA) .................................... 3 OPENING ADDRESS S. FINZI (CEC) ....................................... 7 AREAS WHERE ADVANCED SEPARATION TECHNIQUES ARE DESIRABLE G. GROSSI (ENEA), L. CECILLE (CEC) ....................... 11 REVIEW OF NEW EXTRACT ANTS POTENTIALLY APPLICABLE TO THE PROCESSING OF RADIOACTIVE LIQUID WASTES (Summary) P.R. DANESI, International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, Austria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 . . . . . . . . . .
    Description / Table of Contents: Opening SessionWelcome Address -- Opening Address -- Areas Where Advanced Separation Techniques are Desirable -- Review of New Extractants Potentially Applicable to the Processing of Radioactive Liquid Wastes (Summary) -- The Truex Process: A Vital Tool for Disposal of U.S. Defense Nuclear Waste -- Session I Amines/Amides Based Extractants -- Highly Selective and Micellar Extraction of Uranyl and Alkaline-Earth Cations (Summary) -- Extraction of Metal Ions by Neutral ?-Diphosphoramides -- Treatment of Nuclear Waste Solutions Using A New Class of Extractants: Pentaalkyl Propane Diamides -- Research for Actinides Extractants from Various Wastes -- N,N Dialkylaliphatic Amides as Extractant of Platinum Group Metals -- Session II Bidentate Organophosphorus Extractants -- Application of the Teseo Process for Actinide Removal from Liquid Alpha Wastes Generated During UO2-PuO2 Fuel Fabrication Campaigns -- Separation of AM, EU and CE from Liquid Wastes with CMPO by Extraction Chromatography -- The Extraction of Actinides and Other Constituents from Highly Active Waste (HAW) by Trialkyl Phosphine Oxide (TRPO) -- Actinides Removal by Means of Octyl(Phenyl)-N,N-Diisobutyl Carbamoyl Methyl Phosphine Oxide (CMPO) Sorbed on Silica -- Application of the CMPO Extractant (Supported Liquid Membrane) for the Alpha Decontamination of Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Comparison Between CMPO and DHDECMP for Alpha Decontamination of Radioactive Liquid Waste -- Application of CMPO Containing Gels to Metal Extraction -- Session III The Calixarenes -- Potential Industrial Applications of Calixarenes -- Special Calixarenes, Synthesis and Properties -- Calixspherands as Ligands for the Complexation of Radioactive Rubidium-81 -- Research Activities on Calixarenes (Summary) -- Session IV The Crown-Ethers -- General Properties of Crown-Ethers and Their Potential for Applications in Analytical and Preparative Chemistry -- Possible Applications of Crown-Ethers to Metal Extraction Using Liquid Membrane Technology a Literature Survey -- Application of Crown-Ethers to Caesium and Strontium Removal from Marcoule Reprocessing Concentrate -- Session V Other Types of Extractants -- Synthesis of Macrocyclic Ligands and Their Application in the Separation of Rare Earths -- Separation of Actinides with Alkylpyridinium Nitrates -- Phosphonomethyl Substituted Phenols A New Class of Absorbers and Extractants for Metals -- Actinide Separations by High Pressure Cation Exchange - The Neptunium Case -- Separation of Metal Ions by Complexation-Ultrafiltration -- Session VI Inorganic Ion Exchangers/Absorbers -- Preparation and Properties of Hexacyanoferrates for the Removal of Caesium from Radioactive Waste Streams: A Review -- The Combination of Finely Divided Inorganic Ion Exchangers and Ultrafiltration for the Treatment of Low- and Medium-Level Waste -- Use of Hydrated Antimony Pentoxide (HAP) for Fission Product Removal from Irradiated U Solutions: Application to A Homogeneous Reactor Fuel Reprocessing -- Caesium Decontamination from MTR Waste Solution -- Selective ion Exchange for Chromium Recovery from Tannery Wastes -- Novel Organic, Inorganic and Modified Inorganic Materials for Waste Treatment -- The Eix Process for Radioactive Waste Treatment -- Conclusions -- Main Achievements of the Seminar -- List of Participants -- Index of Authors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401138581
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Reliability -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is Reliability? Why Want Reliability? Principles of Achieving Reliability -- 1.3 Quantifying Reliability -- 1.4 The Methods of Systems Reliability Synthesis -- 1.5 Need for Reliability Data -- 2 Principles of Reliability Data Bases -- 2.1 Purposes -- 2.2 Construction -- 2.3 Data Acquisition -- 2.4 Physical Implementation -- 2.5 Development and Operation -- 3 Analysis Methodologies -- 3.1 Restrictions Owing to Data Base Assumptions -- 3.2 Constant Fault-Rate or Failure-Rate Methods -- 3.3 Non-Constant Fault-Rate Methods; The Weibull Distribution -- 3.4 More General Data Structures -- 4 Some Achievements Due to the Development of Data Banks -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The Nuclear Industry -- 4.3 Aircraft Industry -- 4.4 Electronics Industry -- 4.5 Chemical Industry -- 4.6 Data -- 4.7 Computational Considerations -- 4.8 Data Needs or Requirements -- 4.9 Other Factors Worthy of Consideration -- 4.10 Staffing -- 5 Facts: Most Comprehensive Information System For Industrial Safety -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The TNO Organization -- 5.3 Looking Back on the Start of FACTS -- 5.4 Information Handling -- 5.5 Cause Classification -- 5.6 Data Base Structure -- 5.7 Storage of Original Documents -- 5.8 Applications and the Use of FACTS -- 5.9 New Advances in FACTS -- 5.10 Latest Developments -- 5.11 PC-FACTS -- 6 Reliability Data Collection In Process Plants -- 6.1 General Remarks -- 6.2 Data Collection -- 6.3 Data Treatment and Examples -- 6.4 Uncertainty, Applicability and Caution -- 7 The Centralized Reliability Data Organization (Credo); an Advanced Nuclear Reactor Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Data Bank and Data Analysis Center -- 7.1 The Basis for CREDO -- 7.2 CREDO—An Historical Perspective -- 7.3 Data Initially Identified for Inclusion -- 7.4 CREDO Component Description and Classification -- 7.5 Design of Data Input -- 7.6 CREDO’S Data Base Management System -- 7.7 Statistical Data Analysis and Processing -- 7.8 CREDO Development Experience -- 7.9 Achievements and Future Directions of CREDO -- 8 The Fabrication Reliability Data Analysis System Dante-QC1 -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Concept of the DANTE Code System -- 8.3 Data Base Configuration -- 8.4 Processing Function -- 8.5 Application of DANTE for PIE Data Analysis -- 8.6 Future Directions -- 9 Reliability Data Banks at Electricite De France (EDF) -- 9.1 The Origins -- 9.2 History and Objectives of the EDF Data Banks -- 9.3 SRDF -- 9.4 Conclusion -- 10 IAEA’s Experience In Compiling A Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 IAEA’s Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.3 Problem Areas Connected with Generic Data Bases -- 10.4 Conclusion -- Appendix: Data Sources Included in the Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 11 The European Reliability Data System—Erds: Status And Future Developments -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 General Description of ERDS -- 11.3 The Component Event Data Bank (CEDB) -- 12 Development of A Large Data Bank -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The Data Bank System -- 12.3 Student Collection Scheme -- 12.4 The Item Inventory -- 12.5 Coded Storage -- 12.6 Output Data -- 12.7 Generic Reliability Data Output Enquiry and Reply Service -- 12.8 Reliability Improvements -- 13 Reliability Data Banks—Friend, Foe or A Waste of Time? -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The Personalities -- 13.3 The DataBase Design -- 13.4 The Component Inventory Data -- 13.5 The Component History Data -- 13.6 Dependent Failures -- 13.7 Data Analysis -- 13.8 Pooled Reliability Data -- 13.9 The Successes -- 13.10 Conclusions -- 14 Developments -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Changes in Data Handling -- 14.3 Data Base Software -- 14.4 Methodology and Technology Led Changes -- 14.5 New Data Bases -- 14.6 R & M 2000 -- 14.7 Changes in Attitude -- 15 Overview; Into the Future -- 15.1 Forty Years of Always Being Wrong and Always Being Right -- 15.2 The Next Forty Years -- 15.3 Using External Data Sources and Making Up Data -- 15.4 Justifying a Reliability Data Base.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Reliability1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is Reliability? Why Want Reliability? Principles of Achieving Reliability -- 1.3 Quantifying Reliability -- 1.4 The Methods of Systems Reliability Synthesis -- 1.5 Need for Reliability Data -- 2 Principles of Reliability Data Bases -- 2.1 Purposes -- 2.2 Construction -- 2.3 Data Acquisition -- 2.4 Physical Implementation -- 2.5 Development and Operation -- 3 Analysis Methodologies -- 3.1 Restrictions Owing to Data Base Assumptions -- 3.2 Constant Fault-Rate or Failure-Rate Methods -- 3.3 Non-Constant Fault-Rate Methods; The Weibull Distribution -- 3.4 More General Data Structures -- 4 Some Achievements Due to the Development of Data Banks -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 The Nuclear Industry -- 4.3 Aircraft Industry -- 4.4 Electronics Industry -- 4.5 Chemical Industry -- 4.6 Data -- 4.7 Computational Considerations -- 4.8 Data Needs or Requirements -- 4.9 Other Factors Worthy of Consideration -- 4.10 Staffing -- 5 Facts: Most Comprehensive Information System For Industrial Safety -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The TNO Organization -- 5.3 Looking Back on the Start of FACTS -- 5.4 Information Handling -- 5.5 Cause Classification -- 5.6 Data Base Structure -- 5.7 Storage of Original Documents -- 5.8 Applications and the Use of FACTS -- 5.9 New Advances in FACTS -- 5.10 Latest Developments -- 5.11 PC-FACTS -- 6 Reliability Data Collection In Process Plants -- 6.1 General Remarks -- 6.2 Data Collection -- 6.3 Data Treatment and Examples -- 6.4 Uncertainty, Applicability and Caution -- 7 The Centralized Reliability Data Organization (Credo); an Advanced Nuclear Reactor Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Data Bank and Data Analysis Center -- 7.1 The Basis for CREDO -- 7.2 CREDO-An Historical Perspective -- 7.3 Data Initially Identified for Inclusion -- 7.4 CREDO Component Description and Classification -- 7.5 Design of Data Input -- 7.6 CREDO’S Data Base Management System -- 7.7 Statistical Data Analysis and Processing -- 7.8 CREDO Development Experience -- 7.9 Achievements and Future Directions of CREDO -- 8 The Fabrication Reliability Data Analysis System Dante-QC1 -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Concept of the DANTE Code System -- 8.3 Data Base Configuration -- 8.4 Processing Function -- 8.5 Application of DANTE for PIE Data Analysis -- 8.6 Future Directions -- 9 Reliability Data Banks at Electricite De France (EDF) -- 9.1 The Origins -- 9.2 History and Objectives of the EDF Data Banks -- 9.3 SRDF -- 9.4 Conclusion -- 10 IAEA’s Experience In Compiling A Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 IAEA’s Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 10.3 Problem Areas Connected with Generic Data Bases -- 10.4 Conclusion -- Appendix: Data Sources Included in the Generic Component Reliability Data Base -- 11 The European Reliability Data System-Erds: Status And Future Developments -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 General Description of ERDS -- 11.3 The Component Event Data Bank (CEDB) -- 12 Development of A Large Data Bank -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 The Data Bank System -- 12.3 Student Collection Scheme -- 12.4 The Item Inventory -- 12.5 Coded Storage -- 12.6 Output Data -- 12.7 Generic Reliability Data Output Enquiry and Reply Service -- 12.8 Reliability Improvements -- 13 Reliability Data Banks-Friend, Foe or A Waste of Time? -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The Personalities -- 13.3 The DataBase Design -- 13.4 The Component Inventory Data -- 13.5 The Component History Data -- 13.6 Dependent Failures -- 13.7 Data Analysis -- 13.8 Pooled Reliability Data -- 13.9 The Successes -- 13.10 Conclusions -- 14 Developments -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 Changes in Data Handling -- 14.3 Data Base Software -- 14.4 Methodology and Technology Led Changes -- 14.5 New Data Bases -- 14.6 R & M 2000 -- 14.7 Changes in Attitude -- 15 Overview; Into the Future -- 15.1 Forty Years of Always Being Wrong and Always Being Right -- 15.2 The Next Forty Years -- 15.3 Using External Data Sources and Making Up Data -- 15.4 Justifying a Reliability Data Base.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    ISBN: 9782817808710
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (169p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Table des matières -- 1 Les méningiomes: Rappel clinique et pathologique -- 1.1 Épidémiologie, fréquence, âge, sexe -- 1.2 Localisation -- 1.3 Pathologie macroscopique -- 1.4 Aspects histologiques généraux -- 1.5. Récidive -- 1.6 Méningiomes métastasiants -- 1.7 Méningiomes multiples -- 1.8 Aspect expérimental et biologique -- 2 Radiologie crânienne -- 2.1 Considérations générales -- 2.2 Signes spécifiques -- 2.3 Diagnostic différentiel -- 2.4 Méningiomes de localisation inhabituelle -- 3 Scanographie -- 3.1 Considérations générales -- 3.2 Aspects typiques -- 3.3 Caractères -- 3.4 Critères de malignité -- 4 Imagerie par résonance magnétique -- 4.1 Considérations générales -- 4.2 Aspects techniques et matériel d’études -- 4.3 Critères IRM des méningiomes -- 4.4 Produit de contraste -- 4.5 Aspects selon la localisation -- 4.6 Conclusions -- 5 Angiographie -- 5.1 Les signes angiographiques -- 5.2 Aspect angiographique selon le type histologique du méningiome -- 5.3 Vascularisation méningée -- 5.4 Variation de la circulation veineuse -- 5.5 Indications de l’angiographie -- 6 Méningiomes de la convexité, parasagittaux et de la faux -- 6.1 Fréquence et localisation -- 6.2 Tomodensitométrie et imagerie en résonance magnétique -- 6.3 Angiographie -- 6.4 Diagnostic différentiel -- 7 Les méningiomes frontobasaux -- 7.1 Fréquence et localisation -- 7.2 Tomodensitométrie et imagerie par résonance magnétique -- 7.3 Angiographie -- 7.4 Diagnostic différentiel -- 8 Les méningiomes de l’arête sphénoïdale et de la fosse cérébrale moyenne -- 8.1 Fréquence et localisation -- 8.2 Méningiomes de la partie externe de l’aile du sphénoïde -- 8.3 Méningiomes de la partie interne de l’aile du sphénoïde -- 8.4 Méningiomes parasellaires -- 8.5 Méningiome en plaque -- 8.6 Méningiomes temporobasaux -- 8.7 Diagnostic différentiel -- 9 Méningiomes de la tente du cervelet -- 9.1 Considérations anatomiques -- 9.2 Fréquence et localisation -- 9.3 Tomodensitométrie, Image par Résonance Magnétique -- 9.4 Angiographie -- 9.5 Diagnostic différentiel -- 10 Méningiomes de la fosse cérébrale postérieure -- 10.1 Fréquence et localisation -- 10.2 Méningiomes de la face postérieure du rocher -- 10.3 Méningiomes du clivus -- 10.4 Méningiomes de la convexité cérébelleuse -- 10.5 Méningiomes du IVe ventricule -- 10.6 Diagnostic différentiel -- 11 Cas particuliers -- 11.1 Méningiomes kystiques -- 11.2 Méningiomes intraventriculaires -- 11.3 Méningiomes intra-orbitaires primitifs -- 11.4 Les méningiomes ectopiques -- 12 L’œdéme péritumoral dans les méningiomes -- 12.1 Commentaires introductifs -- 12.2 Aspects de l’œdème en TDM et en IRM -- 12.3 Facteurs intervenant dans la production de l’œdème -- 12.4 Les changements péritumoraux aprés l’ablation du méningiome -- 13 Embolisation -- 13.1 Considérations générales -- 13.2 La vascularisation du méningiome -- 13.3 Aspects techniques -- 13.4 Résultats -- 13.5 Conclusions -- 14 Perspectives chirurgicales dans les méningiomes -- 14.1 Données historiques -- 14.2 Aspects cliniques selon le site d’implantation -- 14.3 Technique chirurgicale -- 14.4 Pronostic -- Conclusion -- Bibliographie.
    Description / Table of Contents: Table des matières1 Les méningiomes: Rappel clinique et pathologique -- 1.1 Épidémiologie, fréquence, âge, sexe -- 1.2 Localisation -- 1.3 Pathologie macroscopique -- 1.4 Aspects histologiques généraux -- 1.5. Récidive -- 1.6 Méningiomes métastasiants -- 1.7 Méningiomes multiples -- 1.8 Aspect expérimental et biologique -- 2 Radiologie crânienne -- 2.1 Considérations générales -- 2.2 Signes spécifiques -- 2.3 Diagnostic différentiel -- 2.4 Méningiomes de localisation inhabituelle -- 3 Scanographie -- 3.1 Considérations générales -- 3.2 Aspects typiques -- 3.3 Caractères -- 3.4 Critères de malignité -- 4 Imagerie par résonance magnétique -- 4.1 Considérations générales -- 4.2 Aspects techniques et matériel d’études -- 4.3 Critères IRM des méningiomes -- 4.4 Produit de contraste -- 4.5 Aspects selon la localisation -- 4.6 Conclusions -- 5 Angiographie -- 5.1 Les signes angiographiques -- 5.2 Aspect angiographique selon le type histologique du méningiome -- 5.3 Vascularisation méningée -- 5.4 Variation de la circulation veineuse -- 5.5 Indications de l’angiographie -- 6 Méningiomes de la convexité, parasagittaux et de la faux -- 6.1 Fréquence et localisation -- 6.2 Tomodensitométrie et imagerie en résonance magnétique -- 6.3 Angiographie -- 6.4 Diagnostic différentiel -- 7 Les méningiomes frontobasaux -- 7.1 Fréquence et localisation -- 7.2 Tomodensitométrie et imagerie par résonance magnétique -- 7.3 Angiographie -- 7.4 Diagnostic différentiel -- 8 Les méningiomes de l’arête sphénoïdale et de la fosse cérébrale moyenne -- 8.1 Fréquence et localisation -- 8.2 Méningiomes de la partie externe de l’aile du sphénoïde -- 8.3 Méningiomes de la partie interne de l’aile du sphénoïde -- 8.4 Méningiomes parasellaires -- 8.5 Méningiome en plaque -- 8.6 Méningiomes temporobasaux -- 8.7 Diagnostic différentiel -- 9 Méningiomes de la tente du cervelet -- 9.1 Considérations anatomiques -- 9.2 Fréquence et localisation -- 9.3 Tomodensitométrie, Image par Résonance Magnétique -- 9.4 Angiographie -- 9.5 Diagnostic différentiel -- 10 Méningiomes de la fosse cérébrale postérieure -- 10.1 Fréquence et localisation -- 10.2 Méningiomes de la face postérieure du rocher -- 10.3 Méningiomes du clivus -- 10.4 Méningiomes de la convexité cérébelleuse -- 10.5 Méningiomes du IVe ventricule -- 10.6 Diagnostic différentiel -- 11 Cas particuliers -- 11.1 Méningiomes kystiques -- 11.2 Méningiomes intraventriculaires -- 11.3 Méningiomes intra-orbitaires primitifs -- 11.4 Les méningiomes ectopiques -- 12 L’œdéme péritumoral dans les méningiomes -- 12.1 Commentaires introductifs -- 12.2 Aspects de l’œdème en TDM et en IRM -- 12.3 Facteurs intervenant dans la production de l’œdème -- 12.4 Les changements péritumoraux aprés l’ablation du méningiome -- 13 Embolisation -- 13.1 Considérations générales -- 13.2 La vascularisation du méningiome -- 13.3 Aspects techniques -- 13.4 Résultats -- 13.5 Conclusions -- 14 Perspectives chirurgicales dans les méningiomes -- 14.1 Données historiques -- 14.2 Aspects cliniques selon le site d’implantation -- 14.3 Technique chirurgicale -- 14.4 Pronostic -- Conclusion -- Bibliographie.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9782817808680
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (98p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The Chronic Fatigue Syndrome: Definition and diagnosis -- Clinical symptoms in the Chronic Fatigue Syndrome -- Fièvre et/ou fébrilité au cours du Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique -- Definition and methods to assess physical fatigue -- Measurement of muscle weakness -- Le Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique : les hypothèses infectieuses -- Aspects immunologiques du Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique -- Aspects endocriniens de la fatigue chronique -- Aspects biochimiques du Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique -- Aspects psychiatriques du Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique -- Le rythme circadien de la fatigue.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Chronic Fatigue Syndrome: Definition and diagnosisClinical symptoms in the Chronic Fatigue Syndrome -- Fièvre et/ou fébrilité au cours du Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique -- Definition and methods to assess physical fatigue -- Measurement of muscle weakness -- Le Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique : les hypothèses infectieuses -- Aspects immunologiques du Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique -- Aspects endocriniens de la fatigue chronique -- Aspects biochimiques du Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique -- Aspects psychiatriques du Syndrome de Fatigue Chronique -- Le rythme circadien de la fatigue.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401179539
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 1.1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 2 The evolution of the blood-sucking habit -- 2.1 Prolonged close association with vertebrates -- 2.2 Morphological pre-adaptation for piercing -- 3 Feeding preferences of blood-sucking insects -- 3.1 Host choice -- 3.2 Host choice and species complexes -- 4 Location of the host -- 4.1 The behavioural framework of host location -- 4.2 Appetitive searching -- 4.3 Activation and orientation -- 4.4 Attraction -- 4.5 Movement between hosts -- 5 Ingestion of the blood meal -- 5.1 Vertebrate haemostasis -- 5.2 Insect anti-haemostatic factors -- 5.3 Probing stimulants -- 5.4 Phagostimulants -- 5.5 Mouthparts -- 5.6 Blood intake -- 6 Managing the blood meal -- 6.1 Midgut anatomy -- 6.2 The blood meal -- 6.3 Gonotrophic concordance -- 6.4 Nutrition -- 6.5 Host hormones in the blood meal -- 6.6 Partitioning of resources from the blood meal -- 6.7 Autogeny -- 7 Host—insect interactions -- 7.1 Insect distribution on the surface of the host -- 7.2 Morphological specializations for life on the host -- 7.3 Host immune responses to insect salivary secretions -- 7.4 Behavioural defences of the host -- 7.5 Density-dependent effects on feeding success -- 8 Transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects -- 8.1 Transmission routes -- 8.2 Specificity in vector—parasite relationships -- 8.3 Origin of vector—parasite relationships -- 8.4 Parasite strategies for contacting a vector -- 8.5 Parasite strategies for contacting a host -- 8.6 Vector pathology caused by parasites -- 8.7 Insect defence mechanisms -- 9 The blood-sucking insect groups -- 9.1 Insect classification -- 9.2 Phthiraptera -- 9.3 Hemiptera -- 9.4 Siphonaptera -- 9.5 Diptera -- 9.6 Other groups -- References.
    Abstract: Blood-sucking insects are the vectors of many of the most debilitating parasites of man and his domesticated animals. In addition they are of considerable direct cost to the agricultural industry through losses in milk and meat yields, and through damage to hides and wool, etc. So, not surprisingly, many books of medical and veterinary entomology have been written. Most of these texts are organized taxonomically giving the details of the life-cycles, bionomics, relationship to disease and economic importance of each of the insect groups in turn. I have taken a different approach. This book is topic led and aims to discuss the biological themes which are common in the lives of blood-sucking insects. To do this I have concentrated on those aspects of the biology of these fascinating insects which have been clearly modified in some way to suit the blood-sucking habit. For example, I have discussed feeding and digestion in some detail because feeding on blood presents insects with special problems, but I have not discussed respiration because it is not affected in any particular way by haematophagy. Naturally there is a subjective element in the choice of topics for discussion and the weight given to each. I hope that I have not let my enthusiasm for particular subjects get the better of me on too many occasions and that the subject material achieves an overall balance.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The importance of blood-sucking insects1.1 The importance of blood-sucking insects -- 2 The evolution of the blood-sucking habit -- 2.1 Prolonged close association with vertebrates -- 2.2 Morphological pre-adaptation for piercing -- 3 Feeding preferences of blood-sucking insects -- 3.1 Host choice -- 3.2 Host choice and species complexes -- 4 Location of the host -- 4.1 The behavioural framework of host location -- 4.2 Appetitive searching -- 4.3 Activation and orientation -- 4.4 Attraction -- 4.5 Movement between hosts -- 5 Ingestion of the blood meal -- 5.1 Vertebrate haemostasis -- 5.2 Insect anti-haemostatic factors -- 5.3 Probing stimulants -- 5.4 Phagostimulants -- 5.5 Mouthparts -- 5.6 Blood intake -- 6 Managing the blood meal -- 6.1 Midgut anatomy -- 6.2 The blood meal -- 6.3 Gonotrophic concordance -- 6.4 Nutrition -- 6.5 Host hormones in the blood meal -- 6.6 Partitioning of resources from the blood meal -- 6.7 Autogeny -- 7 Host-insect interactions -- 7.1 Insect distribution on the surface of the host -- 7.2 Morphological specializations for life on the host -- 7.3 Host immune responses to insect salivary secretions -- 7.4 Behavioural defences of the host -- 7.5 Density-dependent effects on feeding success -- 8 Transmission of parasites by blood-sucking insects -- 8.1 Transmission routes -- 8.2 Specificity in vector-parasite relationships -- 8.3 Origin of vector-parasite relationships -- 8.4 Parasite strategies for contacting a vector -- 8.5 Parasite strategies for contacting a host -- 8.6 Vector pathology caused by parasites -- 8.7 Insect defence mechanisms -- 9 The blood-sucking insect groups -- 9.1 Insect classification -- 9.2 Phthiraptera -- 9.3 Hemiptera -- 9.4 Siphonaptera -- 9.5 Diptera -- 9.6 Other groups -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475701906
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Physiology of Insect Cold Hardiness -- 1. A Tribute to R. W. Salt -- 2. Principles of Insect Low Temperature Tolerance -- 3. The Water Relations of Overwintering Insects -- 4. Biochemistry of Cryoprotectants -- 5. Hemolymph Proteins Involved in Insect Subzero-Temperature Tolerance: Ice Nucleators and Antifreeze Proteins -- Impact on Development and Survival -- 6. Cold Shock and Heat Shock -- 7. Effects of Cold on Morphogenesis -- 8. Relationship between Cold Hardiness and Diapause -- 9. Thermoperiodism -- Species Adaptations -- 10. Winter Habitats and Ecological Adaptations for Winter Survival -- 11. Freezing Tolerance in the Goldenrod Gall Fly (Eurosta solidaginis) -- 12. Behavioral and Physiological Adaptations to Cold in a Freeze-Tolerant Arctic Insect -- 13. Comparative Invertebrate Cold Hardiness -- 14. Adaptations to Alpine and Polar Environments in Insects and Other Terrestrial Arthropods -- 15. Overwintering of Freshwater Benthic Macroinvertebrates -- Practical Applications -- 16. Cryopreservation of Insect Germplasm: Cells, Tissues, and Organisms -- 17. Cryobiology of Drosophila melanogaster Embryos -- 18. Silkworm Eggs at Low Temperatures: Implications for Sericulture -- 19. Overwintering in Honey Bees: Implications for Apiculture -- 20. Implications of Cold Hardiness for Pest Management -- Taxonomic Index -- Contributors.
    Abstract: The study of insects at low temperature is a comparatively new field. Only recently has insect cryobiology begun to mature, as research moves from a descriptive approach to a search for underlying mechanisms at diverse levels of organization ranging from the gene and cell to ecological and evolutionary relationships. Knowledge of insect responses to low temperature is crucial for understanding the biology of insects living in seasonally varying habitats as well as in polar regions. It is not possible to precisely define low temperature. In the tropics exposure to 10-15°C may induce chill coma or death, whereas some insects in temperate and polar regions remain active and indeed even able to fly at O°C or below. In contrast, for persons interested in cryopreservation, low temperature may mean storage in liquid nitrogen at - 196°C. In the last decade, interest in adaptations of invertebrates to low temperature has risen steadily. In part, this book had its origins in a symposium on this subject that was held at the annual meeting of the Entomological Society of America in Louisville, Kentucky, USA in December, 1988. However, the emergence and growth of this area has also been strongly influenced by an informal group of investigators who met in a series of symposia held in Oslo, Norway in 1982, in Victoria, British Columbia, Canada in 1985 and in Cambridge, England in 1988. Another is scheduled for Binghamton, New York, USA (1990).
    Description / Table of Contents: Physiology of Insect Cold Hardiness1. A Tribute to R. W. Salt -- 2. Principles of Insect Low Temperature Tolerance -- 3. The Water Relations of Overwintering Insects -- 4. Biochemistry of Cryoprotectants -- 5. Hemolymph Proteins Involved in Insect Subzero-Temperature Tolerance: Ice Nucleators and Antifreeze Proteins -- Impact on Development and Survival -- 6. Cold Shock and Heat Shock -- 7. Effects of Cold on Morphogenesis -- 8. Relationship between Cold Hardiness and Diapause -- 9. Thermoperiodism -- Species Adaptations -- 10. Winter Habitats and Ecological Adaptations for Winter Survival -- 11. Freezing Tolerance in the Goldenrod Gall Fly (Eurosta solidaginis) -- 12. Behavioral and Physiological Adaptations to Cold in a Freeze-Tolerant Arctic Insect -- 13. Comparative Invertebrate Cold Hardiness -- 14. Adaptations to Alpine and Polar Environments in Insects and Other Terrestrial Arthropods -- 15. Overwintering of Freshwater Benthic Macroinvertebrates -- Practical Applications -- 16. Cryopreservation of Insect Germplasm: Cells, Tissues, and Organisms -- 17. Cryobiology of Drosophila melanogaster Embryos -- 18. Silkworm Eggs at Low Temperatures: Implications for Sericulture -- 19. Overwintering in Honey Bees: Implications for Apiculture -- 20. Implications of Cold Hardiness for Pest Management -- Taxonomic Index -- Contributors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401178495
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Survey of the Existing Analysis Methods -- 1. Introduction to the Injected-Absorbed-Current Method of Analysis -- 2. Elementary Converters Operating at Constant Frequency with Duty Ratio as Controlled Quantity -- 3. General Small-Signal, Low-Frequency Analysis of Switching Regulators -- 4. State-Variables-Averaging Method -- 2. Multiple-Loop Switching Power Cells -- 5. Elementary Switching Power Cells with Inductor Current as Controlled Quantity -- 6. Multiple-Loop Switching Cells Using Inductor Voltage in a Minor Feedback Loop -- 3. Special Configurations -- 7. ?uk and SEPIC Switching Cells -- 8. Analysis of Power Cells with Duty-Ratio Control at Variable Frequency -- 9. Free-Running Hysteretic Regulator -- 4. Applications of Linear Analysis Method -- 10. Interconnection of a Power Source and a Switching Regulator -- 11. Feedforward in Switching Regulators -- 12. Parallel Operation of Switching Regulators -- 5. Selected Analytic Approaches and Applications and Future Advances in Analysis Methods -- 13. Selected Analysis Examples -- 14. High-Frequency Extension of the Linear Cell Model -- Appendixes -- Appendix 1. Additional Information for Chapter 5 -- A1-1 Derivation of Time Delay Between Control and Injected Current for Constant Off Time Current-Mode Control -- A1-2 Control-to-Output Voltage Functions of CurrentMode-Controlled Buck Converter with Three Different Control Methods -- Appendix 2. Graphical-Analytical Representation of Transfer Functions -- A2-1 Introduction -- A2-2 Transfer Functions of Passive Networks -- References -- Appendix 3. Examples and Problems -- A3-1 Introduction -- A3-2 Appendix to Chapter 2—Regulators Employing Elementary Cells, Operating at Constant Switching Frequency, and with Duty Ratio as the Controlled Quantity -- A3-3 Appendix to Chapter 14—Successive Approximations of the Cell Controlled-Quantity-to-Output-Voltage Transfer Function -- Appendix 4. Sources of Technical Information -- A4-1 Conferences -- A4-2 Periodicals -- A4-3 Compendia -- A4-4 Textbooks.
    Abstract: The most critical part of the modern switching-mode power supply is the regulated dc/dc converter. Its dynamic behavior directly determines or influences four of the important characteristics of the power supply: • Stability of the feedback loop • Rejection of input-voltage ripple and the closely-related transient re­ sponse to input-voltage perturbation • Output impedance and the closely-related transient response to load perturbation • Compatibility with the input EMI filter Due to the complexity of the operation of the converter, predicting its dynamic behavior has not been easy. Without accurate prediction, and depending only on building the circuit and tinkering with it until the operation is satisfactory, the engineering cost can easily escalate and schedules can be missed. The situation is not much better when the circuit is built in the computer, using a general-purpose circuit-simulation program such as SPICE. (At the end of this book is a form for obtaining information on a computer program especially well suited for dynamic analysis of switching-mode power converters: DYANA, an acronym for "DYnamic ANAlysis. " DYANA is based on the method given in this book. ) The main goal of this book is to help the power-supply designer in the prediction of the dynamic behavior by providing user-friendly analytical tools, concrete results of already-made analyses, tabulated for easy application by the reader, and examples of how to apply the tools provided in the book.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Survey of the Existing Analysis Methods1. Introduction to the Injected-Absorbed-Current Method of Analysis -- 2. Elementary Converters Operating at Constant Frequency with Duty Ratio as Controlled Quantity -- 3. General Small-Signal, Low-Frequency Analysis of Switching Regulators -- 4. State-Variables-Averaging Method -- 2. Multiple-Loop Switching Power Cells -- 5. Elementary Switching Power Cells with Inductor Current as Controlled Quantity -- 6. Multiple-Loop Switching Cells Using Inductor Voltage in a Minor Feedback Loop -- 3. Special Configurations -- 7. ?uk and SEPIC Switching Cells -- 8. Analysis of Power Cells with Duty-Ratio Control at Variable Frequency -- 9. Free-Running Hysteretic Regulator -- 4. Applications of Linear Analysis Method -- 10. Interconnection of a Power Source and a Switching Regulator -- 11. Feedforward in Switching Regulators -- 12. Parallel Operation of Switching Regulators -- 5. Selected Analytic Approaches and Applications and Future Advances in Analysis Methods -- 13. Selected Analysis Examples -- 14. High-Frequency Extension of the Linear Cell Model -- Appendixes -- Appendix 1. Additional Information for Chapter 5 -- A1-1 Derivation of Time Delay Between Control and Injected Current for Constant Off Time Current-Mode Control -- A1-2 Control-to-Output Voltage Functions of CurrentMode-Controlled Buck Converter with Three Different Control Methods -- Appendix 2. Graphical-Analytical Representation of Transfer Functions -- A2-1 Introduction -- A2-2 Transfer Functions of Passive Networks -- References -- Appendix 3. Examples and Problems -- A3-1 Introduction -- A3-2 Appendix to Chapter 2-Regulators Employing Elementary Cells, Operating at Constant Switching Frequency, and with Duty Ratio as the Controlled Quantity -- A3-3 Appendix to Chapter 14-Successive Approximations of the Cell Controlled-Quantity-to-Output-Voltage Transfer Function -- Appendix 4. Sources of Technical Information -- A4-1 Conferences -- A4-2 Periodicals -- A4-3 Compendia -- A4-4 Textbooks.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Birkhäuser Boston
    ISBN: 9781489967411
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 261 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475753806
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 302 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Sweetness and food selection -- 2 The carbohydrate—sucrose -- 3 Non-sucrose carbohydrates -- 4 Sugar alcohols -- 5 Intense sweeteners -- 6 Natural high potency sweeteners -- 7 Sweetener markets, marketing and product development -- 8 Sweeteners and dental health -- 9 Sweeteners and metabolic disorders -- 10 Sweeteners and body weight -- 11 Sweeteners: statutory aspects.
    Abstract: The study of sweetness and sweeteners has recently been an area well­ served by books at all levels, but this volume was planned to fill what we perceived as a gap in the coverage. There appeared to be no book which attempted to combine a study of sweetness with a thorough but concise coverage of all aspects of sweeteners. We set out to include all the important classes of sweeteners, including materials which do not yet have regulatory approval, so that clear comparisons could be made between them and their technological advantages and disadvantages. To achieve our first aim, of sufficient depth of coverage, the accounts within this volume are comprehensive enough to satisfy the requirements of a demanding readership, but cannot be exhaustive in a single volume of moderate proportions. The second aim, of breadth and conciseness, is satisfied by careful selection of the most pertinent material. For the purposes of this book, a sweetener is assumed to be any substance whose primary effect is to sweeten a food or beverage to be consumed, thus including both the nutritive and non-nutritive varieties, from the ubiquitous sucrose to the lesser known, newer developments in alternative sweeteners. The volume has its contents structured in a logical manner to enable it to be used in an ordered study of the complete subject area or as a convenient reference source.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461538707
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Production management. ; Strategic planning. ; Leadership. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Quality costing: an introduction -- 2 Definitions of quality costs -- 3 Collection of quality costs -- 4 Reporting of quality costs -- 5 Uses of quality costs -- 6 Case study, company 1 -- 7 Case study, company 2 -- 8 Case study, company 3 -- 9 Case study, company 4 -- 10 Setting up a quality costing system.
    Abstract: This book is one of the few English language texts devoted to the subject of quality costing. The material is based on research work carried out by the authors at the Manchester School of Managememt, UMIST, over the last nine years or so. The research has been mainly in manufac­ turing organizations but work has also been conducted in non-manufac­ turing concerns (e. g. marketing and service operations, and commerce). The book will provide managers with sound practical advice on how to define, collect, analyse, report and use quality costs. The text covers all the main aspects of quality costing and an attempt has been made to structure the book in the sequence by which organizations should set about a quality costing exercise. The book opens by examining the background of quality costing. This is followed by chapters on definitions of quality costs, collection of quality costs, analysis and reporting of quality costs, and the uses of quality costs. Examples from manufacturing organizations and non­ manufacturing situations are used throughout the first five chapters to illustrate the key points discussed in the text. The next four chapters are case studies which provide considerable detail on quality costing in companies from the mechanical and electronics industries. To preserve anonymity the companies are not referred to by name.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Quality costing: an introduction2 Definitions of quality costs -- 3 Collection of quality costs -- 4 Reporting of quality costs -- 5 Uses of quality costs -- 6 Case study, company 1 -- 7 Case study, company 2 -- 8 Case study, company 3 -- 9 Case study, company 4 -- 10 Setting up a quality costing system.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands | Dordrecht : Imprint: Springer
    ISBN: 9789401131025
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (xxiii, 554 p) , ill
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Life-history Strategies -- 1 The life strategies of mites -- 2 Life-history evolution of spider mites -- 3 Life-cycle strategies in unpredictably varying environments: genetic adaptations in a colonizing mite -- 4 The evolutionary transformation of osmotic regulation in the life cycle of freshwater mites (Hydrachnidia) -- 5 Development and life-history strategies in mussel mites (Hydrachnellae: Unionicolidae) -- Two Reproduction -- 6 Spermatology in the Acari: systematic and functional implications -- 7 The distribution, mechanisms and evolutionary significance of parthenogenesis in oribatid mites -- 8 Indirect sperm transfer in prostigmatic mites from a phylogenetic viewpoint -- 9 Spermatophore deposition in relation to atmospheric humidity among terrestrial Parasitengonae (Prostigmata) -- 10 The role of Adlerocystis sp. in the reproduction of argasid ticks -- 11 A scanning electron-microscopy study of spermatogenesis in Pergamasus barbarus Berl. (Gamasida -- 12 Precise sex-ratio control in the pseudo-arrhenotokous phytoseiid mite, Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt -- 13 Sex ratio, fitness and capacity for population increase in Pyemotes tritici (L.-F. and M.) (Pyemotidae) -- 14 Preliminary observations of ovoviviparity in the gallforming mite, Aceria caulobius (Nal.) (Eriophyidea: Eriophyidae) -- 15 Laboratory observations on duration of copulation and egg production of three phytoseiid species fed on pollen -- 16 Precopulatory mate guarding in the spider mite, Tetranychus cinnabarinus (Boisd.) (Tetranychidae) -- Three Diapause, Development and Trophic Relations -- 17 Physiological aspects of diapause in plant-inhabiting mites -- 18 Repeated induction and termination of diapause in the predacious mite, Amblyseius potentillae (Garman) (Phytoseiidae) -- 19 Inheritance of photoperiodic responses controlling diapause in the two-spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 20 Some observations on diapause in winter eggs of Panonychus ulmi (Koch) (Tetranychidae) -- 21 Reproduction, embryonic and postembryonic development of Trichouropoda obscurasimilis Hirschmann and Zirngiebl-Nicol 1961 (Anactinotrichida: Uropodina) -- 22 Resource allocation and utilization contrasts in Hypoaspis aculeifer (Can.) and Alliphis halleri (G. and R. Can.) (Mesostigmata) with emphasis on food source -- 23 The influence of different host plants on the reproductive potential of Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and Tyrophagus neiswanderi Johnston and Bruce (Acaridae) -- 24 The relationship between house-dust mites and fungi -- 25 How plants maintain body-guards: plant exudate as a food source for phytoseiid mites -- Four Systematic, Morphology, Physiology and Behaviour -- 26 Distribution of characters and phylogenetic age — systematic problems in the higher taxa of the Oribatida -- 27 A new approach to the systematics of the genus Steganacarus (Oribatida) -- 28 The morphology of the immature stages of Phthiracaroidea (Oribatida) -- 29 A new interpretation of the epimeral theory of Grandjean -- 30 A comparison of the sclerotized parts of the reproductive organs of house-dust mites of the genus Dermatophagoides using scanning electron microscopy -- 31 Reproductive systems in Acaridida — some peculiar features -- 32 A respiratory apparatus in eggs of certain mites -- 33 Fine structure and functions of the mouthparts involved in the feeding mechanisms in Cenopalpus pulcher (Canestrini and Fanzago) (Tetranychoidea: Tenuipalpidae) -- 34 The alveolar salivary glands of the active phases of trombiculid mites (Trombiculidae) -- 35 Pigmentation in water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 36 Biomass studies of water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 37 The saltatory capacity of an oribatid mite -- 38 Thanatosis or feigning death in mites of the family Scutacaridae -- Five Field Studies and Applied Aspects -- 39 The effects of spider-mite feeding on plant performance in relation to biological control -- 40 Dispersion indices and constant precision sampling programmes for Panonychus ulmi (Koch) and Amblyseius andersoni (Chant) in Spanish apple orchards -- 41 Herbicides and the reproduction of Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 42 Phytoseiid mites associated with vines in Sicilian vineyards -- 43 Studies on mites associated with lucerne in Greece -- 44 Vertical distribution and life stages of oribatid communities on beech trees -- 45 Histiostoma murchiei Hughes and Jackson (Anoetidae) as a parasite in the cocoons of some Danish earthworms -- 46 Rearing deutonymphs of Iphidosoma fimetarium (J. Müller), a mesostigmatic mite associated with carabid beetles -- 47 Mites of the House mouse, Mus musculus L., in the north-eastern part of the Iberian Peninsula in Spain -- 48 Records of Ixodoidea from the Trentino-Alto Adige region in northern Italy -- 49 Seasonal and spatial variation in food intake by the oribatid mites of beech woodland soil -- 50 The effects of ploughing and rotary cultivation on soil mites with particular reference to the Mesostigmata -- 51 The influence of soil cultivation methods on the edaphic fauna, and especially the Gamasina (Mesostigmata), in two southern German vineyards with different cultural treatments -- 52 The density of Tarsonemida in cropped arable soil in relation to fertilizer and crop-protection treatments -- 53 Soil mites and acidification: a comparative study of four forest stands near Heidelberg -- 54 Reactions of mite populations to the influence of environmental chemicals in a beech-wood floor -- 55 Population studies on the house-dust mite. Euroglyphus maynei (Cooreman 1950) (Pyroglyphidae) -- 56 Management of mite development in the home -- 57 An indirect effect of cleaning on house-dust mites. (Dermatophagoides spp.) in carpets -- 58 Astigmatic and prostigmatic mites of grain stores, mills and sawmills in Finland -- Index to plant genera and species -- Index to animal genera and species -- Author index.
    Abstract: During the Inaugural Meeting of the European Association of Acarol­ ogists (EURAAC), held in Amsterdam in 1987, it was decided that the holding of a Symposium at regular intervals should be a major objective. With this in view, it was agreed that Professor Reinhart Schuster, the senior editor, be invited to accept the Presidency of the Association and, arising from that Office, to organize the first Symposium in Austria in 1988. There was strong support for a main theme focused on a particular aspect of acarology. From these discussions there emerged the proposal that emphasis be placed on aspects of reproduction, development and life-history strategies of the Acari. These were topics in the forefront of the discipline with exciting developments of interest not only to acarologists but to a wider audience because of the light they cast on fundamental processes in physiology, ecology and evolutionary biology. The object then was to invite a small number of key workers to present extended papers related to the main theme. There were seven of these all of which appear in the book. The remaining 51 contributions were offered papers a number of which fit within the framework of the Symposium theme.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Life-history Strategies1 The life strategies of mites -- 2 Life-history evolution of spider mites -- 3 Life-cycle strategies in unpredictably varying environments: genetic adaptations in a colonizing mite -- 4 The evolutionary transformation of osmotic regulation in the life cycle of freshwater mites (Hydrachnidia) -- 5 Development and life-history strategies in mussel mites (Hydrachnellae: Unionicolidae) -- Two Reproduction -- 6 Spermatology in the Acari: systematic and functional implications -- 7 The distribution, mechanisms and evolutionary significance of parthenogenesis in oribatid mites -- 8 Indirect sperm transfer in prostigmatic mites from a phylogenetic viewpoint -- 9 Spermatophore deposition in relation to atmospheric humidity among terrestrial Parasitengonae (Prostigmata) -- 10 The role of Adlerocystis sp. in the reproduction of argasid ticks -- 11 A scanning electron-microscopy study of spermatogenesis in Pergamasus barbarus Berl. (Gamasida -- 12 Precise sex-ratio control in the pseudo-arrhenotokous phytoseiid mite, Typhlodromus occidentalis Nesbitt -- 13 Sex ratio, fitness and capacity for population increase in Pyemotes tritici (L.-F. and M.) (Pyemotidae) -- 14 Preliminary observations of ovoviviparity in the gallforming mite, Aceria caulobius (Nal.) (Eriophyidea: Eriophyidae) -- 15 Laboratory observations on duration of copulation and egg production of three phytoseiid species fed on pollen -- 16 Precopulatory mate guarding in the spider mite, Tetranychus cinnabarinus (Boisd.) (Tetranychidae) -- Three Diapause, Development and Trophic Relations -- 17 Physiological aspects of diapause in plant-inhabiting mites -- 18 Repeated induction and termination of diapause in the predacious mite, Amblyseius potentillae (Garman) (Phytoseiidae) -- 19 Inheritance of photoperiodic responses controlling diapause in the two-spotted spider mite, Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 20 Some observations on diapause in winter eggs of Panonychus ulmi (Koch) (Tetranychidae) -- 21 Reproduction, embryonic and postembryonic development of Trichouropoda obscurasimilis Hirschmann and Zirngiebl-Nicol 1961 (Anactinotrichida: Uropodina) -- 22 Resource allocation and utilization contrasts in Hypoaspis aculeifer (Can.) and Alliphis halleri (G. and R. Can.) (Mesostigmata) with emphasis on food source -- 23 The influence of different host plants on the reproductive potential of Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and Tyrophagus neiswanderi Johnston and Bruce (Acaridae) -- 24 The relationship between house-dust mites and fungi -- 25 How plants maintain body-guards: plant exudate as a food source for phytoseiid mites -- Four Systematic, Morphology, Physiology and Behaviour -- 26 Distribution of characters and phylogenetic age - systematic problems in the higher taxa of the Oribatida -- 27 A new approach to the systematics of the genus Steganacarus (Oribatida) -- 28 The morphology of the immature stages of Phthiracaroidea (Oribatida) -- 29 A new interpretation of the epimeral theory of Grandjean -- 30 A comparison of the sclerotized parts of the reproductive organs of house-dust mites of the genus Dermatophagoides using scanning electron microscopy -- 31 Reproductive systems in Acaridida - some peculiar features -- 32 A respiratory apparatus in eggs of certain mites -- 33 Fine structure and functions of the mouthparts involved in the feeding mechanisms in Cenopalpus pulcher (Canestrini and Fanzago) (Tetranychoidea: Tenuipalpidae) -- 34 The alveolar salivary glands of the active phases of trombiculid mites (Trombiculidae) -- 35 Pigmentation in water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 36 Biomass studies of water mites of the genera Limnochares Latr. and Hydrodroma Koch (Hydrachnidia) -- 37 The saltatory capacity of an oribatid mite -- 38 Thanatosis or feigning death in mites of the family Scutacaridae -- Five Field Studies and Applied Aspects -- 39 The effects of spider-mite feeding on plant performance in relation to biological control -- 40 Dispersion indices and constant precision sampling programmes for Panonychus ulmi (Koch) and Amblyseius andersoni (Chant) in Spanish apple orchards -- 41 Herbicides and the reproduction of Tetranychus urticae Koch -- 42 Phytoseiid mites associated with vines in Sicilian vineyards -- 43 Studies on mites associated with lucerne in Greece -- 44 Vertical distribution and life stages of oribatid communities on beech trees -- 45 Histiostoma murchiei Hughes and Jackson (Anoetidae) as a parasite in the cocoons of some Danish earthworms -- 46 Rearing deutonymphs of Iphidosoma fimetarium (J. Müller), a mesostigmatic mite associated with carabid beetles -- 47 Mites of the House mouse, Mus musculus L., in the north-eastern part of the Iberian Peninsula in Spain -- 48 Records of Ixodoidea from the Trentino-Alto Adige region in northern Italy -- 49 Seasonal and spatial variation in food intake by the oribatid mites of beech woodland soil -- 50 The effects of ploughing and rotary cultivation on soil mites with particular reference to the Mesostigmata -- 51 The influence of soil cultivation methods on the edaphic fauna, and especially the Gamasina (Mesostigmata), in two southern German vineyards with different cultural treatments -- 52 The density of Tarsonemida in cropped arable soil in relation to fertilizer and crop-protection treatments -- 53 Soil mites and acidification: a comparative study of four forest stands near Heidelberg -- 54 Reactions of mite populations to the influence of environmental chemicals in a beech-wood floor -- 55 Population studies on the house-dust mite. Euroglyphus maynei (Cooreman 1950) (Pyroglyphidae) -- 56 Management of mite development in the home -- 57 An indirect effect of cleaning on house-dust mites. (Dermatophagoides spp.) in carpets -- 58 Astigmatic and prostigmatic mites of grain stores, mills and sawmills in Finland -- Index to plant genera and species -- Index to animal genera and species -- Author index.
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Paris : Springer Paris
    ISBN: 9782817808659
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (107p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Table des matières -- Préface -- Historique -- Méthodes sanglantes -- Méthodes non sanglantes -- Évolution et perspectives -- Méthodes de mesure de la pression artérielle -- Méthodes invasives -- Méthodes non invasives -- Différence entre les méthodes directes et indirectes -- Conditions de mesure -- Mesures spécifiques selon le « terrain » et la pathologie associée -- Conclusion -- Mesure clinique de la pression artérielle ou « mesure occasionnelle » -- Méthodologie -- Matériel -- Conditions de mesure -- Précautions et pièges -- Conclusion -- Auto-mesure de la pression artérielle -- Définition -- Appareils de mesure -- Fiabilité -- Conditions de mesure; « règles à respecter » -- Reproductibilité -- Applications de « l’auto-mesure » -- Comparaisons auto-mesure et mesure ambulatoire -- Conclusion -- Mesure ambulatoire de la pression artérielle pendant 24 heures (M.A.P.A.) -- Méthodes de mesure -- Programmation, enregistrement et expression des résultants -- Applications de la mesure ambulatoire -- Conclusion -- Profil tensionnel d’effort (P.T.E.) -- Matériel -- Déroulement de l’examen -- Évaluation des données -- Reproductibilité -- Applications pratiques -- Conclusion -- Les pièges de l’hypertension artérielle -- Mesure clinique « occasionnelle » et fausse HTA -- Mauvaise interpretation -- « Pseudo-hypertension » -- Hypertension artérielle iatrogène -- Conclusion -- Bibliographie.
    Description / Table of Contents: Table des matièresPréface -- Historique -- Méthodes sanglantes -- Méthodes non sanglantes -- Évolution et perspectives -- Méthodes de mesure de la pression artérielle -- Méthodes invasives -- Méthodes non invasives -- Différence entre les méthodes directes et indirectes -- Conditions de mesure -- Mesures spécifiques selon le « terrain » et la pathologie associée -- Conclusion -- Mesure clinique de la pression artérielle ou « mesure occasionnelle » -- Méthodologie -- Matériel -- Conditions de mesure -- Précautions et pièges -- Conclusion -- Auto-mesure de la pression artérielle -- Définition -- Appareils de mesure -- Fiabilité -- Conditions de mesure; « règles à respecter » -- Reproductibilité -- Applications de « l’auto-mesure » -- Comparaisons auto-mesure et mesure ambulatoire -- Conclusion -- Mesure ambulatoire de la pression artérielle pendant 24 heures (M.A.P.A.) -- Méthodes de mesure -- Programmation, enregistrement et expression des résultants -- Applications de la mesure ambulatoire -- Conclusion -- Profil tensionnel d’effort (P.T.E.) -- Matériel -- Déroulement de l’examen -- Évaluation des données -- Reproductibilité -- Applications pratiques -- Conclusion -- Les pièges de l’hypertension artérielle -- Mesure clinique « occasionnelle » et fausse HTA -- Mauvaise interpretation -- « Pseudo-hypertension » -- Hypertension artérielle iatrogène -- Conclusion -- Bibliographie.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9781461576044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fifth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Glossary -- 2 Polymer Chemistry -- 3 Plastic Materials/Properties and Applications -- 4 Extrusion Processes -- 5 Injection Molding of Plastics -- 6 Design Considerations for Injection Molds -- 7 Injection Mold Manufacturing -- 8 Injection Molding of Thermosets -- 9 Compression and Transfer Molding -- 10 Designing Molds for Thermoset Processing -- 11 Molded Part Design -- 12 Blow Molding of Thermoplastics -- 13 Thermoforming of Plastic Film and Sheet -- 14 Rotational Molding -- 15 Calendering -- 16 Vinyl Dispersions -- 17 Powder Coatings -- 18 Reinforced Plastics and Composites -- 19 Cellular Plastics -- 20 Radiation Processing -- 21 Material and Parts Handling -- 22 Compounding -- 23 Finishing and Machining Plastics -- 24 Joining and Assembling Plastics -- 25 Design Standards for Inserts -- 26 Decorating Plastics -- 27 Performance Testing of Plastics Products.
    Abstract: I am pleased to present the Fifth Edition of the Plastics Engineering Handbook. Last published in 1976, this version of the standard industry reference on plastics processing incorporates the numerous revisions and additions necessitated by 14 years of activity in a dynamic industry. At that last printing, then-SPI President Ralph L. Harding, Jr. anticipated that plastics pro­ duction would top 26 billion pounds in 1976 (up from 1.25 billion in 1947, when the First Edition of this book was issued). As I write, plastics production in the United States had reached almost 60 billion pounds annually. Indeed, the story of the U.S. plastics industry always has been one of phenomenal growth and unparalleled innovation. While these factors make compilation of a book such as this difficult, they also make it necessary. Thus I acknowledge all those who worked to gather and relate the information included in this 1991 edition and thank them for the effort it took to make the Plastics Engineering Handbook a definitive source and invaluable tool for our industry. Larry L. Thomas President The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Glossary2 Polymer Chemistry -- 3 Plastic Materials/Properties and Applications -- 4 Extrusion Processes -- 5 Injection Molding of Plastics -- 6 Design Considerations for Injection Molds -- 7 Injection Mold Manufacturing -- 8 Injection Molding of Thermosets -- 9 Compression and Transfer Molding -- 10 Designing Molds for Thermoset Processing -- 11 Molded Part Design -- 12 Blow Molding of Thermoplastics -- 13 Thermoforming of Plastic Film and Sheet -- 14 Rotational Molding -- 15 Calendering -- 16 Vinyl Dispersions -- 17 Powder Coatings -- 18 Reinforced Plastics and Composites -- 19 Cellular Plastics -- 20 Radiation Processing -- 21 Material and Parts Handling -- 22 Compounding -- 23 Finishing and Machining Plastics -- 24 Joining and Assembling Plastics -- 25 Design Standards for Inserts -- 26 Decorating Plastics -- 27 Performance Testing of Plastics Products.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415308
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Developments in polymerization -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Radical addition polymerization -- 1.3 Ionic and coordination addition polymerization -- 1.4 Stepwise polymerization -- References -- 2 Group transfer polymerizations -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Features of group transfer polymerization -- 2.3 Kinetics and mechanism -- 2.4 Aldol group transfer polymerization -- 2.5 Copolymers -- 2.6 Telechelics -- 2.7 Related and anionic polymerizations -- 2.8 Applications -- References -- 3 Ring-opening metathesis polymerization of cyclic alkenes -- 3.1 Scope of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.2 Monomers for ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.3 Catalysts for the ring-opening polymerization of cycloalkenes -- 3.4 Mechanism of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.5 Molecular weight distribution in polyalkenylenes -- 3.6 Stereochemistry of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.7 Thermodynamics of ring-opening polymerization -- References -- 4 Transformation reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Historical development of transformation reactions -- 4.3 Transformations between anionic and cationic polymerization -- 4.4 Transformations between ionic and free radical polymerization -- 4.5 Transformations involving other modes of polymerization -- 4.6 Conclusions -- References -- 5 Chemical modification of preformed polymers -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Chemical reactions of polymers: general aspects -- 5.3 Modification of polymers -- References -- 6 Terminally reactive oligomers: telechelic oligomers and macromers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The synthesis of terminally reactive oligomers -- 6.3 Reactions and reactivity of telechelic oligomers and macromers -- 6.4 Uses of terminally functionalized oligomers -- References.
    Abstract: Most practitioners and students of polymer chemistry are familiar, in general terms at least, with the established methods of polymer synthesis - radical, anionic, cationic and coordination addition polymerization, and stepwise con­ densation and rearrangement polymerization. These methods are used to synthesize the majority of polymers used in the manufacture of commercially important plastics, fibres, resins and rubbers, and are covered in most introduc­ tory polymer chemistry textbooks and in most undergraduate and graduate courses on polymer science. Fewer polymer chemists, however, have much familiarity with more recent developments in methods of polymer synthesis, unless they have been specifically involved for some time in the synthesis of speciality polymers. These developments include not only refinements to established methods but also new mechanisms of polymerization, such as group transfer and metathesis polymerization and novel non-polymerization routes to speciality polymers involving, for example, the chemical modification of preformed polymers or the linking together of short terminally functionalized blocks.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Developments in polymerization1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Radical addition polymerization -- 1.3 Ionic and coordination addition polymerization -- 1.4 Stepwise polymerization -- References -- 2 Group transfer polymerizations -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Features of group transfer polymerization -- 2.3 Kinetics and mechanism -- 2.4 Aldol group transfer polymerization -- 2.5 Copolymers -- 2.6 Telechelics -- 2.7 Related and anionic polymerizations -- 2.8 Applications -- References -- 3 Ring-opening metathesis polymerization of cyclic alkenes -- 3.1 Scope of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.2 Monomers for ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.3 Catalysts for the ring-opening polymerization of cycloalkenes -- 3.4 Mechanism of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.5 Molecular weight distribution in polyalkenylenes -- 3.6 Stereochemistry of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.7 Thermodynamics of ring-opening polymerization -- References -- 4 Transformation reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Historical development of transformation reactions -- 4.3 Transformations between anionic and cationic polymerization -- 4.4 Transformations between ionic and free radical polymerization -- 4.5 Transformations involving other modes of polymerization -- 4.6 Conclusions -- References -- 5 Chemical modification of preformed polymers -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Chemical reactions of polymers: general aspects -- 5.3 Modification of polymers -- References -- 6 Terminally reactive oligomers: telechelic oligomers and macromers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The synthesis of terminally reactive oligomers -- 6.3 Reactions and reactivity of telechelic oligomers and macromers -- 6.4 Uses of terminally functionalized oligomers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401176149
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- Further reading -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- Further reading -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene—poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.3 Polycarbonates -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure—property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    Abstract: Plastics are part of everyday life and contribute immensely to the benefit of humanity. When failures occur, they are due in part either to inferior properties (resulting from poor design or badly controlled processing), or to an incomplete understanding of the properties and applications of plastics materials. Since publication of the first edition, the plastics industry has increas­ ingly adopted advanced business procedures and automation (such as closed loop control and robotics), to combat the effects of recession, and has moved increasingly towards methods based on sound scientific and technological principles. Plastics have increasingly been used in appli­ cations once dominated by the use of metals and ceramics. For instance, in the automotive industry, the modern car now contains a much higher proportion of polymers, including commodity plastics and more spec­ ialized materials. In addition, compact discs are being made from new injection-moulding grades of polycarbonate, which meet the requirements of a demanding process. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and extended to include new materials, technologies and design concepts. Chapters on thermoplastics reflect the development of polymer blends and alloys, whilst the chapters devoted to thermosets have been reorganized to accommodate the renaissance in the applications of phenolics and to cover the growing importance of polyurethanes. The related two­ component process technologies are now included; having undergone major developments in the last decade, they have become important shaping processes.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- Further reading -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- Further reading -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene-poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.3 Polycarbonates -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure-property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    ISBN: 9781468478297
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Basic Distinctions Between Patents, Copyrights, Trade Secrets, and Trademarks -- Constitutional Basis and Underlying Philosophy for Patents and Copyrights -- Patents -- Design Patents -- Plant Patents -- Plant Variety Protection Act -- Copyrights -- Trade Secrets -- Trademarks and Service Marks -- 3 Jurisdiction for Administering and Enforcing Laws Concerning Intellectual Property -- The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) and Appeals Therefrom -- United States District Courts and Appeals Therefrom -- US Claims Court and Appeals Therefrom -- International Trade Commission (ITC) and Appeals Therefrom -- Copyright Office -- State Courts -- Laws Related to Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights -- Resolution of Disputes by Nonlitigation Methods -- 4 Patentability and Inventorship -- Patentability -- What Can Be Patented -- Utility -- Double Patenting -- Novelty and 35 USC § 102 -- Nonobviousness Requirement for Patentability USC § 103 -- Case Law Application of 35 USC § 103 -- Inventorship -- 5 The Patent Application -- Abstract of the Disclosure -- Description Portion of the Specification -- Written Description of the Invention -- Enablement -- Best Mode -- Drawings -- Models -- Claims -- Preamble of the Claim -- Transitional Phrase of the Claim -- Body of the Claim -- Types of Claims -- Doctrine of Equivalents -- Oath or Declaration -- Statutory Invention Registration (SIR) -- 6 Prosecution of Patent Application -- Requirements for Obtaining a Filing Date -- Classification of Application for Examination Purposes -- Initial Substantive Review of Application by Examiner -- Response by Applicant -- Examination of Claims on Their Merits -- Response to Office Action -- Final Rejection of Claims and Response -- Appeal to Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences -- Interferences -- Review by Quality Control -- Notice of Allowance -- Certificates of Correction -- Reissues -- Reexamination -- Intervening Rights -- Protests -- Patent marking -- Types of Related Patent Applications -- 7 Reexamination -- Citation of Prior Art -- Request for Reexamination -- Substantial New Question of Patentability -- The Order to Reexamine -- Reexamination Proceeding -- Some Factors of Concern When Deciding to Reexamine or Whether to Take Some Other Action -- License Agreements and Reexamination -- 8 International Patent Treaties -- Paris Convention of 1883 -- Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) -- European Patents and the European Patent Convention (EPC) -- Organisation Africaine de la Propriété Intellectuelle (OAPI) -- African Regional Industrial Property Organization (ARIPO) -- Inventor’s Certificate -- 9 Trade Secrets and Commercial Considerations -- Trade Secrets -- Maintaining Secrecy -- Protection Afforded by Trade Secrets -- Patent or Keep Secret -- Commercial Considerations -- Restrictions on Exploitation of Patents -- Record Keeping -- Invention Disclosures -- Ownership of Invention -- Invention Incentive Programs -- 10 Searching -- Search Facilities at the United States Patent and Trademark Office -- Searching Organizations -- Reasons for Searching -- 11 Government Patent Policy -- General Considerations -- Small Business and Nonprofit Organizations -- March-In Rights -- Federal Technology Transfer Act -- 12 Trademarks and Service Marks -- Federal Trademark Registrations -- Categories of Terms and Secondary Meaning -- Benefits From Federal Registration -- Likelihood of Confusion -- Trade Names -- Trade Dress -- Searching -- 13 Copyrights and Semiconductor Chip Protection -- Copyrights -- Protection for Semiconductor Chips -- Important Addresses -- Acronyms -- Appendices A-S.
    Abstract: The primary purpose of the first edition of this book was to provide inventors and those who manage technology with sufficient understanding of the patent system to permit them to make use of it with the greatest possible degree of comfort. From the comments that I have received from readers of the first edition, it seems that this purpose was achieved to an appreciable extent. In fact, the audience for the book went beyond this and has been of use to those entering the patent profession and general attorneys who have technology-based clientele. This second edition discusses important changes in the law since the first, including the enactment of new laws as well as new insights into or inter­ pretations of already existing statutes. Along with updating material, I have expanded certain discussions including more examples to illustrate some of the more complex issues covered. In writing this book, I have tried not to lose sight of the underlying philosophy of the patent laws as expressed in ARTICLE 1, SECTION 8 of the United States Constitution: The Congress shall have the power to promote the sciences and useful arts, by securing for limited time to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries. Encouragement of communication between an inventor and the general public is, therefore, the primary purpose and objective of the patent laws.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Basic Distinctions Between Patents, Copyrights, Trade Secrets, and Trademarks -- Constitutional Basis and Underlying Philosophy for Patents and Copyrights -- Patents -- Design Patents -- Plant Patents -- Plant Variety Protection Act -- Copyrights -- Trade Secrets -- Trademarks and Service Marks -- 3 Jurisdiction for Administering and Enforcing Laws Concerning Intellectual Property -- The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) and Appeals Therefrom -- United States District Courts and Appeals Therefrom -- US Claims Court and Appeals Therefrom -- International Trade Commission (ITC) and Appeals Therefrom -- Copyright Office -- State Courts -- Laws Related to Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights -- Resolution of Disputes by Nonlitigation Methods -- 4 Patentability and Inventorship -- Patentability -- What Can Be Patented -- Utility -- Double Patenting -- Novelty and 35 USC § 102 -- Nonobviousness Requirement for Patentability USC § 103 -- Case Law Application of 35 USC § 103 -- Inventorship -- 5 The Patent Application -- Abstract of the Disclosure -- Description Portion of the Specification -- Written Description of the Invention -- Enablement -- Best Mode -- Drawings -- Models -- Claims -- Preamble of the Claim -- Transitional Phrase of the Claim -- Body of the Claim -- Types of Claims -- Doctrine of Equivalents -- Oath or Declaration -- Statutory Invention Registration (SIR) -- 6 Prosecution of Patent Application -- Requirements for Obtaining a Filing Date -- Classification of Application for Examination Purposes -- Initial Substantive Review of Application by Examiner -- Response by Applicant -- Examination of Claims on Their Merits -- Response to Office Action -- Final Rejection of Claims and Response -- Appeal to Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences -- Interferences -- Review by Quality Control -- Notice of Allowance -- Certificates of Correction -- Reissues -- Reexamination -- Intervening Rights -- Protests -- Patent marking -- Types of Related Patent Applications -- 7 Reexamination -- Citation of Prior Art -- Request for Reexamination -- Substantial New Question of Patentability -- The Order to Reexamine -- Reexamination Proceeding -- Some Factors of Concern When Deciding to Reexamine or Whether to Take Some Other Action -- License Agreements and Reexamination -- 8 International Patent Treaties -- Paris Convention of 1883 -- Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) -- European Patents and the European Patent Convention (EPC) -- Organisation Africaine de la Propriété Intellectuelle (OAPI) -- African Regional Industrial Property Organization (ARIPO) -- Inventor’s Certificate -- 9 Trade Secrets and Commercial Considerations -- Trade Secrets -- Maintaining Secrecy -- Protection Afforded by Trade Secrets -- Patent or Keep Secret -- Commercial Considerations -- Restrictions on Exploitation of Patents -- Record Keeping -- Invention Disclosures -- Ownership of Invention -- Invention Incentive Programs -- 10 Searching -- Search Facilities at the United States Patent and Trademark Office -- Searching Organizations -- Reasons for Searching -- 11 Government Patent Policy -- General Considerations -- Small Business and Nonprofit Organizations -- March-In Rights -- Federal Technology Transfer Act -- 12 Trademarks and Service Marks -- Federal Trademark Registrations -- Categories of Terms and Secondary Meaning -- Benefits From Federal Registration -- Likelihood of Confusion -- Trade Names -- Trade Dress -- Searching -- 13 Copyrights and Semiconductor Chip Protection -- Copyrights -- Protection for Semiconductor Chips -- Important Addresses -- Acronyms -- Appendices A-S.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401159654
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 In the Abyss of Time -- 1 In the beginning -- 2 The beginning of life -- 3 The Archaean planet -- 2 The Occupation of the Planet -- 4 The variety of life -- 5 Life in the Archaean -- 6 The surface of the Proterozoic Earth -- 7 The birth of the eukaryotes -- 3 The Spread of the Eukaryotes -- 8 The early Palaeozoic explosion and its aftermath -- 9 The changing land -- 10 The rule of the reptiles -- 4 The Modern World -- 11 The new world -- 12 Humanity -- 13 Inhabiting an island.
    Abstract: Life has shaped the Earth, and the Earth has moulded the history of life. That history, the co-evolution of our ancestors and their horne, has much to teach us about our place on the planet today. We are part of the fabric of the biosphere. As we change that fabric we would be wise to understand how our horne was built. Our planet is neither a hotel nor a colony. It is not a place which life briefly inhabits during a transient occupation. Instead, it is our horne, designed by the deeds of our ancestors and suited to our own needs. The history of life on Earth is held in the geological record, which is composed of the rocks, water and air that are available for study on the planet's surface. These rocks, the oceans and the atmosphere are not simply stores of information for the excitement of fossil hunters and geochemists, or resources to exploit without thought. Their cre­ ation and continued existence form an integral part of the development and management of the Earth as the horne of life.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 In the Abyss of Time1 In the beginning -- 2 The beginning of life -- 3 The Archaean planet -- 2 The Occupation of the Planet -- 4 The variety of life -- 5 Life in the Archaean -- 6 The surface of the Proterozoic Earth -- 7 The birth of the eukaryotes -- 3 The Spread of the Eukaryotes -- 8 The early Palaeozoic explosion and its aftermath -- 9 The changing land -- 10 The rule of the reptiles -- 4 The Modern World -- 11 The new world -- 12 Humanity -- 13 Inhabiting an island.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...